Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • 1980-1984  (141)
  • Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands  (93)
  • Dordrecht : Springer  (48)
  • London [u.a.] : Routledge
  • Social sciences.  (113)
  • Phenomenology  (28)
Datasource
Material
Language
Years
Year
  • 1
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401719056
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 203 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Collection Fondée par H. L. van Breda et Publiée sous le Patronage des Centres d’Archives-Husserl 94
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Series Founded by H. L. Van Breda and Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 94
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology
    Abstract: Intentionality, Mentalism, and the Problem of Objective Reference -- Sense, Reference and Semantical Frameworks -- Intentionality, Relations and Objects I: The Relational Theory -- Intentionality, Relations and Objects II: The Irreducibility Theory -- Sense and the Psychological -- Intentionality: The Vehicle of Objective Reference.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400961135
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (280p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Series Founded by H.L. van Breda and Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 95
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology
    Abstract: The Intentional Approach to Ontology -- The Question of the Rationality of Social Interaction -- Time-consciousness and Historical Consciousness -- The Aesthetic Object as “Die Sache selbst” -- The Implications of Merleau-Ponty’s Thought for the Practice of Psychotherapy -- The Hidden Dialectic in Edmund Husserl’s Phenomenology -- Time Structure in Social Communality -- Hegel’s Image of Phenomenology -- Phenomenology and the Phenomenon of Technology -- Piaget and Freud: Two Approaches to the Unconscious -- Husserl, Frege and the Overcoming of Psychologism -- Phenomenological Reduction and the Sciences -- Variations of the Transcendentalism -- The Identities of the Things Themselves -- Husserl’s Transcendental Phenomenology and History -- Marvin Farber’s Contribution to the Phenomenological Movement: An International Perspective -- Contributors -- Index of subjects -- Index of names.
    Abstract: The articles included in this volume originate from contributions to the International Conference on Philosophy and Science in Phenomenologi­ cal Perspecllve, held in Buffalo in March 1982. The occasion had been to honor the late Professor Marvin Farber, a long time distinguished member of the Department of Philosophy, State University of New York at Buffalo. and the Founding Editor of the journal, Philosophy and Phenomenological Research. Many of the papers were subsequently rewritten, expanded or other­ wise edited to be published in the series Phaenomenoiogica. The articles lIy Professor Frings and Professor Rotenstreich had not been presented at the conference, although they were originally invited papers. We regret that not all papers submitted to the conference, including com­ ments, could be accommodated in this volume. Nonetheless, our sincere gratitude is due to all participants who have made the conference a memorable and worthy event. nt of Philosophy, State University of New York at The Departme Buffalo, as the sponsor of the conference, wishes to acknowledge the grants from the Conferences in the Disciplines Program, Conversations in the Disciplines Program, and the International Studies of the State University of New York at Buffalo, as well as for a grant from the National Endowment for the Humanities. The International Phenomenological Society, with Professor Roderick Chisholm succeeding Marvin Farber as its president, co-sponsored the conference.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401169431
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Environmental Resource Management Series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I -- Soil Profile Descriptions -- Soil Maps -- Laboratory Analyses -- Soil Taxonomy -- Computerized Groupings of Soils -- Projects -- Photographs -- First Exam -- II -- Engineering Applications -- Waste Disposal -- Agricultural Land Classification -- Erosion Control -- Yield Correlations -- Farm Planning -- Community Planning -- III -- Soil Potentials -- Soil Variability -- Sequential Testing -- Land Uses and Soils -- Tragedy of the Commons -- Strategic Implications -- Military Campaigns -- Research -- Predictions -- Soils Tours -- Slide Sets -- Final Exam -- Evaluation.
    Abstract: The success of the book Soils and the Environment imagination in the applications of soil surveys, illustrates the need for further, more detailed toward the end of improving productivity and information about soil survey interpretations (uses efficiency in the use of soils and the environment. of soil surveys), especially for laypersons, teachers, Although laypersons, teachers, and students are the and students. Much information about soils and primary groups addressed by this Field Guide, the environment is secluded in offices of various other people involved with using soil surveys are agencies and institutions and thus is not readily (or will be) agriculturalists, agronomists, assessors, available to the people who need it. Techniques for botanists, conservationists, contractors, ecologists, finding and using the information are also not well economists, engineers, extension workers, fores­ known, so there is great need for this Field Guide ters, geologists, groundwater experts, planners, to Soils and the Environment to provide teachers politicians, public health officials, range managers, and learners with exercises that will give them recreationists, soil scientists, wildlife specialists, and many others. This Field Guide complements practice leading to confidence in the manipulation and enhances the book Soils and the Environment and utilization of soil survey data. In a sense, all published in 1981. of us are (or should be) learners and teachers in the use of soil survey information. This Field Guide DONALD R.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400955608
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Environmental Resource Management Series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I -- 1 Minerals in History -- 2 National Mineral Policy -- 3 Environment -- 4 Mineral Economics -- 5 Energy -- 6 Exploration -- 7 Mineral Production Technology -- 8 Crystal Gazing -- II -- 9 METALS -- 10 Non-Metals -- Annotated Bibliography.
    Abstract: This volume discusses the mineral resources upon which modern civiliza­ tion is built. Take away these minerals and humanity will rapidly return to the stone age, with its greatest concern the depletion of flint (also a mineral). It would, of course, result in about a 99% reduction in population. In other words, approximately 99% of the worlds' population is dependent on minerals for its existence. That is a pretty strong statement, but how many have even seen a travois? Without minerals, pack animals, rafts, rowboats, sail boats, sledges, and the backs of man would be the only forms of transport. Sufficient food could not be transported, nor could it be grown on our tired soils without tractors and fertilizer. Even in the more fertile tropics where nearly half of the population is now suffering from malnutrition, crops are dependent on "miracle" grains that require mechanization and mineral fertilizers. Modern buildings cannot operate without electricity and, without mineral fuels, few people in the northern latitudes would survive the first winter.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955363
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 The ethological approach to the study of behaviour -- 1.2 A brief outline of classical ethological theory -- 1.3 The modern study of animal behaviour -- 1.4 An outline of the book -- 2 The description and measurement of behaviour -- 2.1 Describing behaviour by its function -- 2.2 Describing behaviour by its form -- 2.3 Describing and measuring the relationship between an animal and its environment -- 2.4 What is the point of all this sophisticated analysis? -- 3 The study of the causes of behavioural change -- 3.1 What constitutes a causal explanation of behaviour? -- 3.2 The different kinds of causal explanation -- 3.3 Motivational models -- 3.4 Studying external influences on behaviour -- 3.5 Studying internal influences on behaviour -- 3.6 What is the nature of the mechanisms which cause behavioural change? -- 3.7 Studying the physiological bases of behavioural change -- 4 The development of behaviour -- 4.1 Problems with the instinct-learning dichotomy -- 4.2 Why is the term innate still used? -- 4.3 Describing the ontogeny of behaviour -- 4.4 Characterizing the factors which influence the development of behaviour -- 4.5 Classifying the factors which influence the development of behaviour -- 4.6 Some general features of behavioural development -- 5 The adaptive significance of behaviour -- 5.1 Sources of evidence about the adaptive significance of behaviour -- 5.2 Difficulties in studying the adaptive significance of behaviour -- 5.3 The state of the art -- 5.4 The adaptive significance of the way animals pattern their behavior in time -- 5.5 The adaptive significance of the way animals use space -- 5.6 The adaptive significance of an animal’s aggressive responses -- 5.7 The adaptive significance of an animal’s breeding habits; mating systems -- 5.8 Adaptive significance of behaviour accompanying mating -- 5.9 The adaptive significance of parental care -- 5.10 The adaptive significance of living in groups -- 5.11 Behaviour which cannot be explained by classic natural selection theory -- 5.12 Overview; sociobiology and behavioural ecology -- 6 The phylogeny of behaviour -- 6.1 Sources of evidence about the phylogeny of behaviour -- 6.2 Some representative behavioural phylogenies -- 6.3 Deriving general principles of behavioural evolution -- 7 The role of behaviour in the evolutionary process -- 7.1 The behaviour of other animals as a major selective force -- 7.2 Behaviour dictates the selection pressures to which an animal is exposed -- 7.3 The impact of behaviour on population structure -- 8 Behavioural genetics -- 8.1 The objectives of research into the inheritance of behaviour -- 8.2 Potential contributions of genetics to the study of animal behaviour -- 8.3 Quantitative genetics -- 8.5 Screening known genetic variants for behavioural differences -- 8.6 Characterizing the precise behavioural effects of genetic differences -- 8.7 The mechanisms whereby genes influence behaviour -- 8.8 Genetic mosaics -- 8.9 Animal behaviour and behavioural genetics -- 9 Applied ethology -- 9.1 Clarification of terms; what is applied ethology? -- 9.2 Ways in which etiological research can be applied to practical problems -- 9.3 Pest control -- 9.4 Increasing the productivity of commercially important species -- 9.5 Animal welfare -- 9.6 Conservation -- 9.7 Human behaviour -- References -- Author index -- Species index.
    Abstract: The aim of this book is to identify the main areas of active discussion about, and research into, the biology of animal behaviour, to describe and assess ways in which these can be studied and using selected examples, to illus­ trate the kinds of results which are emerging. It is not intended to provide an exhaustive review of all we know about animal behaviour, although the examples have been chosen to cover as many as possible of the things that animals do. XlV Preface Acknowledgements I would like to thank C. Swann, M.L.N. Murthy and the Superbrain for typing the manuscript; Linda Partridge, Pat Monaghan, Douglas Fraser and Richard Wilson for constructive criticism of earlier drafts; Alan Crowden for help in planning and producing the book and, particularly, Tim Huntingford for help and encouragement at all stages of its pro­ duction. Acknowledgements are gratefully made to Jim Tulley fot producing plates 1, 2, 3, 7 and 12 and to Michael Hansell for the remainder.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 The ethological approach to the study of behaviour -- 1.2 A brief outline of classical ethological theory -- 1.3 The modern study of animal behaviour -- 1.4 An outline of the book -- 2 The description and measurement of behaviour -- 2.1 Describing behaviour by its function -- 2.2 Describing behaviour by its form -- 2.3 Describing and measuring the relationship between an animal and its environment -- 2.4 What is the point of all this sophisticated analysis? -- 3 The study of the causes of behavioural change -- 3.1 What constitutes a causal explanation of behaviour? -- 3.2 The different kinds of causal explanation -- 3.3 Motivational models -- 3.4 Studying external influences on behaviour -- 3.5 Studying internal influences on behaviour -- 3.6 What is the nature of the mechanisms which cause behavioural change? -- 3.7 Studying the physiological bases of behavioural change -- 4 The development of behaviour -- 4.1 Problems with the instinct-learning dichotomy -- 4.2 Why is the term innate still used? -- 4.3 Describing the ontogeny of behaviour -- 4.4 Characterizing the factors which influence the development of behaviour -- 4.5 Classifying the factors which influence the development of behaviour -- 4.6 Some general features of behavioural development -- 5 The adaptive significance of behaviour -- 5.1 Sources of evidence about the adaptive significance of behaviour -- 5.2 Difficulties in studying the adaptive significance of behaviour -- 5.3 The state of the art -- 5.4 The adaptive significance of the way animals pattern their behavior in time -- 5.5 The adaptive significance of the way animals use space -- 5.6 The adaptive significance of an animal’s aggressive responses -- 5.7 The adaptive significance of an animal’s breeding habits; mating systems -- 5.8 Adaptive significance of behaviour accompanying mating -- 5.9 The adaptive significance of parental care -- 5.10 The adaptive significance of living in groups -- 5.11 Behaviour which cannot be explained by classic natural selection theory -- 5.12 Overview; sociobiology and behavioural ecology -- 6 The phylogeny of behaviour -- 6.1 Sources of evidence about the phylogeny of behaviour -- 6.2 Some representative behavioural phylogenies -- 6.3 Deriving general principles of behavioural evolution -- 7 The role of behaviour in the evolutionary process -- 7.1 The behaviour of other animals as a major selective force -- 7.2 Behaviour dictates the selection pressures to which an animal is exposed -- 7.3 The impact of behaviour on population structure -- 8 Behavioural genetics -- 8.1 The objectives of research into the inheritance of behaviour -- 8.2 Potential contributions of genetics to the study of animal behaviour -- 8.3 Quantitative genetics -- 8.5 Screening known genetic variants for behavioural differences -- 8.6 Characterizing the precise behavioural effects of genetic differences -- 8.7 The mechanisms whereby genes influence behaviour -- 8.8 Genetic mosaics -- 8.9 Animal behaviour and behavioural genetics -- 9 Applied ethology -- 9.1 Clarification of terms; what is applied ethology? -- 9.2 Ways in which etiological research can be applied to practical problems -- 9.3 Pest control -- 9.4 Increasing the productivity of commercially important species -- 9.5 Animal welfare -- 9.6 Conservation -- 9.7 Human behaviour -- References -- Author index -- Species index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955448
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Principles of thin section preparation -- 1.1 Choosing the size of the thin section -- 1.2 Collecting the sample -- 1.3 Removing water from the sample -- 1.4 Impregnating the sample -- 1.5 Lapping the impregnated sample -- 1.6 Polishing the impregnated sample -- 1.7 Grinding, lapping and polishing the slide -- 2. Preparation of polished blocks and thin sections of soils -- 2.1 Collection of samples of soft coherent non-stony material -- 2.2 Collection of samples of hard material -- 2.3 Collecting loose friable surface samples -- 2.4 Removal or replacement of water and impregnation with Crystic resin -- 2.5 Transferring the specimen to the impregnation mould -- 2.6 Removal of water -- 2.7 Impregnation -- 2.8 Sawing the impregnated block -- 2.9 Surface impregnation with Crystic resin -- 2.10 Lapping the block -- 2.11 Polishing the block -- 2.12 Cleaning the polished block -- 2.13 Mounting the polished block -- 2.14 Labelling the slide -- 2.15 Cutting off the excess specimen -- 2.16 Machine grinding the specimen -- 2.17 Final lapping stages for the specimen -- 2.18 Polishing the specimen -- 2.19 Mounting the cover glass -- 2.20 Logitech machine systems for thin section production -- 3. Examination of thin sections and polished blocks -- 3.1 Examination of thin sections and polished blocks with the stereo-microscope -- 3.2 Examination of thin sections with the petrological microscope -- 3.3 The construction and use of the petrological microscope -- 3.4 Properties of minerals determined with the petrological microscope -- 4 Properties of minerals in thin sections -- 4.1 Allophane -- 4.2 Amphiboles -- 4.3 Anatase -- 4.4 Antigorite-chrysotile -- 4.5 Apatite -- 4.6 Augite -- 4.7 Biotite -- 4.8 Calcite -- 4.9 Chalcedony -- 4.10 Chlorite -- 4.11 Clinozoisite -- 4.12 Diopside -- 4.13 Enstatite -- 4.14 Epidote -- 4.15 Feldspars -- 4.16 Ferric hydroxide -- 4.17 Garnet -- 4.18 Gibbsite -- 4.19 Goethite -- 4.20 Gypsum -- 4.21 Halite -- 4.22 Halloysite and metahalloysite -- 4.23 Hematite -- 4.24 Hornblende -- 4.25 Hypersthene -- 4.26 Ice -- 4.27 Iddingsite -- 4.28 Ilmenite -- 4.29 Jarosite -- 4.30 Kaolinite -- 4.31 Lepidocrocite -- 4.32 Magnetite -- 4.33 Manganese dioxide -- 4.34 Microcline -- 4.35 Montmorillonite -- 4.36 Muscovite -- 4.37 Olivine -- 4.38 Opal -- 4.39 Orthoclase -- 4.40 Plagioclases -- 4.41 Pyrite -- 4.42 Quartz -- 4.43 Rutile -- 4.44 Serpentine -- 4.45 Siderite -- 4.46 Titanite -- 4.47 Tourmaline -- 4.48 Tremolite - actinolite -- 4.49 Vermiculite -- 4.50 Volcanic glass -- 4.51 Zircon -- 5 Properties applicable to most features seen in thin sections -- 5.1 Colour -- 5.2 Frequency -- 5.3 Prominence -- 5.4 Size -- 5.5 Shape -- 5.6 Roundness and sphericity -- 5.7 Surface characteristics -- 5.8 Boundaries -- 5.9 Distribution pattern -- 5.10 Relationships with other features -- 5.11 Orientation -- 6 Fabric, structure and matrix -- 6.1 Fabric and structure -- 6.2 Matrix -- 6.3 Conclusions -- 7 Features present in thin sections -- 7.1 Fabric -- 7.2 Structure and pores -- 7.3 Passages-faunal and root -- 7.4 Faecal material -- 7.5 Organic materials -- 7.6 Rock fragments -- 7.7 Detrital grains -- 7.8 Particle size distribution -- 7.9 Fine material -- 7.10 Coatings -- 7.11 Clay plugs -- 7.12 Surface residues -- 7.13 Impregnated surfaces -- 7.14 Anisotropic surfaces - false coatings -- 7.15 Subsurface organizations and accumulations -- 7.16 Secondary mineral material -- 7.17 Amorphous and microcrystalline material -- 7.18 Segregations and concretions -- 7.19 Weathering features and products -- 7.20 Microorganisms -- 7.21 Soil erratics -- 7.22 Infillings and intergrowths -- 7.23 Other features -- 7.24 Features observed in polished blocks -- 8 Description of thin sections and polished blocks -- 8.1 Homogeneity and heterogeneity -- 8.2 Recognition of individuals -- 8.3 Recognition of patterns -- 8.4 Description of individuals and patterns -- 8.5 Quantification -- 8.6 Interpretation -- 8.7 Description of thin sections -- 8.8 Description of polished blocks -- 8.9 Reminder data of properties -- 8.10 Reminder data of features -- 9 Teaching micromorphology -- 9.1 Introductory course in thin section morphology -- 9.2 Advanced course in thin section morphology -- 9.3 Exercises -- 10 Photography -- 10.1 Photographing the whole specimen using transmitted light -- 10.2 Photographing the whole specimen using ultraviolet light -- 10.3 Photomicrography -- 10.4 Photography for pore identification -- 11 Ancillary techniques -- 11.1 Electron analyses -- 11.2 X-ray analysis of thin sections -- 11.3 Ion thinning -- 11.4 Low temperature ashing -- 11.5 Image analysis -- 11.6 Three-dimensional analysis -- 11.7 Polarization-interference contrast examinations -- 11.8 Phase contrast -- 11.9 Fluorescence -- 11.10 Staining feldspars -- 11.11 Staining carbonates -- 11.12 Staining clay minerals -- 11.13 Staining microorganisms -- 11.14 Preparation of acetate peels -- 11.15 Removal of iron oxides from thin sections -- 11.16 Autoradiographs of impregnated blocks and thin sections -- 12 Applications -- 12.1 Agriculture -- 12.2 Archeology -- 12.3 Engineering -- 12.4 Geomorphology -- 12.5 Paleoclimatology -- 12.6 Pedology and paleopedology -- 12.7 Soil microbiology -- 12.8 Soil zoology -- 13 The micromorphology of soils -- References.
    Abstract: One of the first major studies of weathering and soil formation was made by Harrison (1933) who used thin sections in association with other procedures to study the transformation of minerals in different kinds of rock under the tropical conditions of Guyana. However, Kubiena (1938) is regarded as pioneering thin section studies of soils and during the last two decades there has been a rapid increase in the number of publications devoted almost exclusively to the study of soils in thin sections. In addition to the rather straightforward examinations with the polarizing microscope, thin section techniques are being linked with X-ray diffraction, X-ray microprobe, transmission and scanning electron microscopy, microbiological and other procedures to obtain a fuller insight into the composition and genesis of soils. Thus the study of thin sections of soils is now a major pedological technique for investigating small details in the nature, type and degree of organization of the soil fabric and structure. Thin sections reveal that particles of various sizes and composition react differently to pedological processes and become weathered or organized to form many specific patterns. This book is an attempt to give a comprehensive treatment of thin section studies of soils. Although primarily about the study of thin sections with optical microscopes a few transmission and scanning electron photomicro­ graphs are included to confirm the inferences based upon the studies made with the optical microscope.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Principles of thin section preparation1.1 Choosing the size of the thin section -- 1.2 Collecting the sample -- 1.3 Removing water from the sample -- 1.4 Impregnating the sample -- 1.5 Lapping the impregnated sample -- 1.6 Polishing the impregnated sample -- 1.7 Grinding, lapping and polishing the slide -- 2. Preparation of polished blocks and thin sections of soils -- 2.1 Collection of samples of soft coherent non-stony material -- 2.2 Collection of samples of hard material -- 2.3 Collecting loose friable surface samples -- 2.4 Removal or replacement of water and impregnation with Crystic resin -- 2.5 Transferring the specimen to the impregnation mould -- 2.6 Removal of water -- 2.7 Impregnation -- 2.8 Sawing the impregnated block -- 2.9 Surface impregnation with Crystic resin -- 2.10 Lapping the block -- 2.11 Polishing the block -- 2.12 Cleaning the polished block -- 2.13 Mounting the polished block -- 2.14 Labelling the slide -- 2.15 Cutting off the excess specimen -- 2.16 Machine grinding the specimen -- 2.17 Final lapping stages for the specimen -- 2.18 Polishing the specimen -- 2.19 Mounting the cover glass -- 2.20 Logitech machine systems for thin section production -- 3. Examination of thin sections and polished blocks -- 3.1 Examination of thin sections and polished blocks with the stereo-microscope -- 3.2 Examination of thin sections with the petrological microscope -- 3.3 The construction and use of the petrological microscope -- 3.4 Properties of minerals determined with the petrological microscope -- 4 Properties of minerals in thin sections -- 4.1 Allophane -- 4.2 Amphiboles -- 4.3 Anatase -- 4.4 Antigorite-chrysotile -- 4.5 Apatite -- 4.6 Augite -- 4.7 Biotite -- 4.8 Calcite -- 4.9 Chalcedony -- 4.10 Chlorite -- 4.11 Clinozoisite -- 4.12 Diopside -- 4.13 Enstatite -- 4.14 Epidote -- 4.15 Feldspars -- 4.16 Ferric hydroxide -- 4.17 Garnet -- 4.18 Gibbsite -- 4.19 Goethite -- 4.20 Gypsum -- 4.21 Halite -- 4.22 Halloysite and metahalloysite -- 4.23 Hematite -- 4.24 Hornblende -- 4.25 Hypersthene -- 4.26 Ice -- 4.27 Iddingsite -- 4.28 Ilmenite -- 4.29 Jarosite -- 4.30 Kaolinite -- 4.31 Lepidocrocite -- 4.32 Magnetite -- 4.33 Manganese dioxide -- 4.34 Microcline -- 4.35 Montmorillonite -- 4.36 Muscovite -- 4.37 Olivine -- 4.38 Opal -- 4.39 Orthoclase -- 4.40 Plagioclases -- 4.41 Pyrite -- 4.42 Quartz -- 4.43 Rutile -- 4.44 Serpentine -- 4.45 Siderite -- 4.46 Titanite -- 4.47 Tourmaline -- 4.48 Tremolite - actinolite -- 4.49 Vermiculite -- 4.50 Volcanic glass -- 4.51 Zircon -- 5 Properties applicable to most features seen in thin sections -- 5.1 Colour -- 5.2 Frequency -- 5.3 Prominence -- 5.4 Size -- 5.5 Shape -- 5.6 Roundness and sphericity -- 5.7 Surface characteristics -- 5.8 Boundaries -- 5.9 Distribution pattern -- 5.10 Relationships with other features -- 5.11 Orientation -- 6 Fabric, structure and matrix -- 6.1 Fabric and structure -- 6.2 Matrix -- 6.3 Conclusions -- 7 Features present in thin sections -- 7.1 Fabric -- 7.2 Structure and pores -- 7.3 Passages-faunal and root -- 7.4 Faecal material -- 7.5 Organic materials -- 7.6 Rock fragments -- 7.7 Detrital grains -- 7.8 Particle size distribution -- 7.9 Fine material -- 7.10 Coatings -- 7.11 Clay plugs -- 7.12 Surface residues -- 7.13 Impregnated surfaces -- 7.14 Anisotropic surfaces - false coatings -- 7.15 Subsurface organizations and accumulations -- 7.16 Secondary mineral material -- 7.17 Amorphous and microcrystalline material -- 7.18 Segregations and concretions -- 7.19 Weathering features and products -- 7.20 Microorganisms -- 7.21 Soil erratics -- 7.22 Infillings and intergrowths -- 7.23 Other features -- 7.24 Features observed in polished blocks -- 8 Description of thin sections and polished blocks -- 8.1 Homogeneity and heterogeneity -- 8.2 Recognition of individuals -- 8.3 Recognition of patterns -- 8.4 Description of individuals and patterns -- 8.5 Quantification -- 8.6 Interpretation -- 8.7 Description of thin sections -- 8.8 Description of polished blocks -- 8.9 Reminder data of properties -- 8.10 Reminder data of features -- 9 Teaching micromorphology -- 9.1 Introductory course in thin section morphology -- 9.2 Advanced course in thin section morphology -- 9.3 Exercises -- 10 Photography -- 10.1 Photographing the whole specimen using transmitted light -- 10.2 Photographing the whole specimen using ultraviolet light -- 10.3 Photomicrography -- 10.4 Photography for pore identification -- 11 Ancillary techniques -- 11.1 Electron analyses -- 11.2 X-ray analysis of thin sections -- 11.3 Ion thinning -- 11.4 Low temperature ashing -- 11.5 Image analysis -- 11.6 Three-dimensional analysis -- 11.7 Polarization-interference contrast examinations -- 11.8 Phase contrast -- 11.9 Fluorescence -- 11.10 Staining feldspars -- 11.11 Staining carbonates -- 11.12 Staining clay minerals -- 11.13 Staining microorganisms -- 11.14 Preparation of acetate peels -- 11.15 Removal of iron oxides from thin sections -- 11.16 Autoradiographs of impregnated blocks and thin sections -- 12 Applications -- 12.1 Agriculture -- 12.2 Archeology -- 12.3 Engineering -- 12.4 Geomorphology -- 12.5 Paleoclimatology -- 12.6 Pedology and paleopedology -- 12.7 Soil microbiology -- 12.8 Soil zoology -- 13 The micromorphology of soils -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400956162
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- Joint Configurations: Lap-shear Joints, Butt Joints, Fillets. Metals and Other Constructional Materials. The Decision to Use Adhesive Bonding. The Balance of Advantages and Disadvantages -- 2. The Nature And Magnitude of Stresses In Adhesive Joints -- Introduction: Reality, Methods of Mathematical Analysis. The Single Lap Joint: Linear Elastic Analysis, Volkersen’s Analysis, The Analysis of Goland and Reissner, Effect of Bending in a Double-lap Joint, Volkersen’s Second Theory, Later Work. The Single-lap Joint — End Effects: Reduction of Stress Concentrations. The Single-lap Joint — Elasto-plastic Analysis. The Effect of Adherend Shape — Scarfed, Bevelled and Stepped Adherends. Composite Materials. Tubular Joints. Butt Joints. The Use of Joints in Design: Lap Joints, Tubular Joints, T-joints, Corner Joints, Butt Joints, Stiffeners, Doublers, Assembly -- 3. Standard Mechanical Test Procedures -- Destructive Testing: Tests with Thin Sheet Adherends, Tests for Properties of Adhesives. Nondestructive Testing: Nature of Defects, Tests Carried Out Before Bonding, Post-bonding and In-service Testing -- 4. The General Properties of Polymeric Adhesives -- Polymer Structures: Unsaturation. Mixed Adhesives. Properties and Temperature: The Glass Transition Temperature, Decomposition Temperature, Melting Temperature, The Deformation of Adhesive Polymers by Stress, Viscoelasticity, The Modulus of an Adhesive, Poisson’s Ratio, Strength Properties of Adhesive Polymers, Yielding Stresses of Polymers, Failure Modes After Yielding, Creep, Failure without Yielding — Brittle Fracture, Crazing, Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, Resistance to Deterioration -- 5. Factors Influencing The Choice of Adhesive -- Interaction with Substrate. Structural Adhesives for Metals: Check-list for Structural Metal Adhesives Used at Temperatures up to 70°C, The Advantage of Supported Filmic Adhesives (Tapes’), Unsupported Films, Liquids and Pastes, Influence of Metal of Adherend, High Temperature Metal-Metal Adhesion. Structural Adhesives for Wood: Check-list for the Use of Structural Wood Adhesives. Structural Adhesives for Mixed Constructions: Metal-Wood Structures, Metal-reinforced Plastics Structures. Choice of Adhesives for Semi-structural Use: Checklist for Adhesives for Semi-structural Use -- 6. Surface Preparation -- Metals. Wood. Concrete. Glass or Carbon-fibre Reinforced Plastics. Shot, Sand or Grit Blasting. Solvent Degreasing or Wiping. Chemical Etching: Aluminium, Ferrous Metals, Titanium, Other Metals. Priming Layers: Primers as Coupling Agents -- 7. Service Life -- The Creep of Adhesive Joints. Time-to-failure (Under Static Loading). Cycles-to-failure: Influence of Temperature, Influence of Test Frequency, Influence of Amplitude, Influence of Moisture. Effects of Temperature Change on Joint Strength. Service Life as Indicated by Climatic Exposure Trials -- 8. Applications -- Aircraft, Anchorages. Bridges. Carriages. Cars. Decking. Furniture. Glass Reinforced Plastics. Helicopters. Helicopter Blades. Hovercraft. Lamp Posts. Magnets. PABST. Rollers. Segmental Construction. Ski Constructions. Telephone Kiosks. Yachts -- References -- Appendix: Standard American and UK Specifications for -- Adhesion Tests -- Author Index.
    Abstract: The intention of this book is that it should contain everything an engineer needs to know to be able to design and produce adhesively bonded joints which are required to carry significant loads. The advan­ tages and disadvantages of bonding are given, together with a sufficient understanding of the necessary mechanics and chemistry to enable the designer to make a sound engineering judgement in any particular case. The stresses in joints are discussed extensively so that the engineer can get sufficient philosophy or feel for them, or can delve more deeply into the mathematics to obtain quantitative solutions even with elasto­ plastic behaviour. A critical description is given of standard methods of testing adhesives, both destructively and non-destructively. The essen­ tial chemistry of adhesives and the importance of surface preparation are described and guidance is given for adhesive selection by me ans of check lists. For many applications, there will not be a unique adhesive which alone is suitable, and factors such as cost, convenience, produc­ tion considerations or familiarity may be decisive. A list of applications is given as examples. The authors wish to increase the confidence of engineers using adhesive bonding in load-bearing applications by the information and experience presented. With increasing experience of adhesives en­ gineering, design will become more elegant as weH as more fitted to its products.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. IntroductionJoint Configurations: Lap-shear Joints, Butt Joints, Fillets. Metals and Other Constructional Materials. The Decision to Use Adhesive Bonding. The Balance of Advantages and Disadvantages -- 2. The Nature And Magnitude of Stresses In Adhesive Joints -- Introduction: Reality, Methods of Mathematical Analysis. The Single Lap Joint: Linear Elastic Analysis, Volkersen’s Analysis, The Analysis of Goland and Reissner, Effect of Bending in a Double-lap Joint, Volkersen’s Second Theory, Later Work. The Single-lap Joint - End Effects: Reduction of Stress Concentrations. The Single-lap Joint - Elasto-plastic Analysis. The Effect of Adherend Shape - Scarfed, Bevelled and Stepped Adherends. Composite Materials. Tubular Joints. Butt Joints. The Use of Joints in Design: Lap Joints, Tubular Joints, T-joints, Corner Joints, Butt Joints, Stiffeners, Doublers, Assembly -- 3. Standard Mechanical Test Procedures -- Destructive Testing: Tests with Thin Sheet Adherends, Tests for Properties of Adhesives. Nondestructive Testing: Nature of Defects, Tests Carried Out Before Bonding, Post-bonding and In-service Testing -- 4. The General Properties of Polymeric Adhesives -- Polymer Structures: Unsaturation. Mixed Adhesives. Properties and Temperature: The Glass Transition Temperature, Decomposition Temperature, Melting Temperature, The Deformation of Adhesive Polymers by Stress, Viscoelasticity, The Modulus of an Adhesive, Poisson’s Ratio, Strength Properties of Adhesive Polymers, Yielding Stresses of Polymers, Failure Modes After Yielding, Creep, Failure without Yielding - Brittle Fracture, Crazing, Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, Resistance to Deterioration -- 5. Factors Influencing The Choice of Adhesive -- Interaction with Substrate. Structural Adhesives for Metals: Check-list for Structural Metal Adhesives Used at Temperatures up to 70°C, The Advantage of Supported Filmic Adhesives (Tapes’), Unsupported Films, Liquids and Pastes, Influence of Metal of Adherend, High Temperature Metal-Metal Adhesion. Structural Adhesives for Wood: Check-list for the Use of Structural Wood Adhesives. Structural Adhesives for Mixed Constructions: Metal-Wood Structures, Metal-reinforced Plastics Structures. Choice of Adhesives for Semi-structural Use: Checklist for Adhesives for Semi-structural Use -- 6. Surface Preparation -- Metals. Wood. Concrete. Glass or Carbon-fibre Reinforced Plastics. Shot, Sand or Grit Blasting. Solvent Degreasing or Wiping. Chemical Etching: Aluminium, Ferrous Metals, Titanium, Other Metals. Priming Layers: Primers as Coupling Agents -- 7. Service Life -- The Creep of Adhesive Joints. Time-to-failure (Under Static Loading). Cycles-to-failure: Influence of Temperature, Influence of Test Frequency, Influence of Amplitude, Influence of Moisture. Effects of Temperature Change on Joint Strength. Service Life as Indicated by Climatic Exposure Trials -- 8. Applications -- Aircraft, Anchorages. Bridges. Carriages. Cars. Decking. Furniture. Glass Reinforced Plastics. Helicopters. Helicopter Blades. Hovercraft. Lamp Posts. Magnets. PABST. Rollers. Segmental Construction. Ski Constructions. Telephone Kiosks. Yachts -- References -- Appendix: Standard American and UK Specifications for -- Adhesion Tests -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955707
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 288 p) , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Methods of Plant Analysis -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Methods of extraction and isolation -- 1.3 Methods of separation -- 1.4 Methods of identification -- 1.5 Analysis of results -- 1.6 Applications -- 2 Phenolic Compounds -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Phenols and phenolic acids -- 2.3 Phenylpropanoids -- 2.4 Flavonoid pigments -- 2.5 Anthocyanins -- 2.6 Flavonols and flavones -- 2.7 Minor flavonoids, xanthones and stilbenes -- 2.8 Tannins -- 2.9 Quinone pigments -- 3 The Terpenoids -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Essential oils -- 3.3 Diterpenoids and gibberellins -- 3.4 Triterpenoids and steroids -- 3.5 Carotenoids -- 4 Organic Acids, Lipids and Related Compounds -- 4.1 Plant acids -- 4.2 Fatty acids and lipids -- 4.3 Alkanes and related hydrocarbons -- 4.4 Polyacetylenes -- 4.5 Sulphur compounds -- 5 Nitrogen Compounds -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Amino acids -- 5.3 Amines -- 5.4 Alkaloids -- 5.5 Cyanogenic glycosides -- 5.6 Indoles -- 5.7 Purines, pyrimidines and cytokinins -- 5.8 Chlorophylls -- 6 Sugars and their Derivatives -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Monosaccharides -- 6.3 Oligosaccharides -- 6.4 Sugar alcohols and cyclitols -- 7 Macromolecules -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Nucleic acids -- 7.3 Proteins -- 7.4 Polysaccharides.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Methods of Plant Analysis1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Methods of extraction and isolation -- 1.3 Methods of separation -- 1.4 Methods of identification -- 1.5 Analysis of results -- 1.6 Applications -- 2 Phenolic Compounds -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Phenols and phenolic acids -- 2.3 Phenylpropanoids -- 2.4 Flavonoid pigments -- 2.5 Anthocyanins -- 2.6 Flavonols and flavones -- 2.7 Minor flavonoids, xanthones and stilbenes -- 2.8 Tannins -- 2.9 Quinone pigments -- 3 The Terpenoids -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Essential oils -- 3.3 Diterpenoids and gibberellins -- 3.4 Triterpenoids and steroids -- 3.5 Carotenoids -- 4 Organic Acids, Lipids and Related Compounds -- 4.1 Plant acids -- 4.2 Fatty acids and lipids -- 4.3 Alkanes and related hydrocarbons -- 4.4 Polyacetylenes -- 4.5 Sulphur compounds -- 5 Nitrogen Compounds -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Amino acids -- 5.3 Amines -- 5.4 Alkaloids -- 5.5 Cyanogenic glycosides -- 5.6 Indoles -- 5.7 Purines, pyrimidines and cytokinins -- 5.8 Chlorophylls -- 6 Sugars and their Derivatives -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Monosaccharides -- 6.3 Oligosaccharides -- 6.4 Sugar alcohols and cyclitols -- 7 Macromolecules -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Nucleic acids -- 7.3 Proteins -- 7.4 Polysaccharides.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400962286
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 151 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Sociology.
    Abstract: Schutz’s Life Story and the Understanding of his Work -- The Well-informed Citizen: Alfred Schutz and Applied Theory -- Explorations of the Lebenswelt: Reflections on Schutz and Habermas -- Discussion of Wagner, Imber, and Rasmussen -- A. Schutz and F. Kaufmann: Sociology Between Science and Interpretation -- On the Origin of ‘Phenomenological’ Sociology -- Surrender-and-Catch and Phenomenology -- On Surrender, Death, and the Sociology of Knowledge -- The Provisional Homecomer -- Review Section -- Helmut R. Wagner. Alfred Schutz: An Intellectual Biography -- Burke C. Thomason. Making Sense of Reification: Alfred Schutz and Constructionist Theory -- Helmut R. Wagner. Phenomenology of Consciousness and Sociology of the Life-world: An Introductory Study.
    Description / Table of Contents: Schutz’s Life Story and the Understanding of his WorkThe Well-informed Citizen: Alfred Schutz and Applied Theory -- Explorations of the Lebenswelt: Reflections on Schutz and Habermas -- Discussion of Wagner, Imber, and Rasmussen -- A. Schutz and F. Kaufmann: Sociology Between Science and Interpretation -- On the Origin of ‘Phenomenological’ Sociology -- Surrender-and-Catch and Phenomenology -- On Surrender, Death, and the Sociology of Knowledge -- The Provisional Homecomer -- Review Section -- Helmut R. Wagner. Alfred Schutz: An Intellectual Biography -- Burke C. Thomason. Making Sense of Reification: Alfred Schutz and Constructionist Theory -- Helmut R. Wagner. Phenomenology of Consciousness and Sociology of the Life-world: An Introductory Study.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401096126
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Collection Fondée Par H.L. Van Breda et Publiée Sous le Patronage des Centres D’Archives-Husserl 92
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Series Founded by H. L. Van Breda and Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 92
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology
    Abstract: One: Epistemology and Ontology -- Structuring the Phenomenological Field: Reflections on a Daubert Manuscript -- Phenomenology and Relativism -- Memory and Phenomenological Method -- “Plato’s Cave”, Flatland and Phenomenology -- Time and Time-Consciousness -- Two: Social and Political Life -- “Left” and “Right” as Socio-Political Stances -- A Phenomenology of Coercion and Appeal -- Phenomenology as Psychic Technique of Non-Resistance -- The Self in Question -- Existential Phenomenology and Applied Philosophy -- Three: Aesthetic, Ethical, and Religious Values -- The Good and the Beautiful -- The Retributive Attitude and the Moral Life -- Kindness -- The Phenomenology of Symbol: Genesis I and II -- Epilogue: For the Third Generation of Phenomenologists Contributing to this Volume.
    Abstract: by Wolfe Mays It is a great pleasure and honour to write this preface. I first became ac­ quainted with Herbert Spiegelberg's work some twenty years ago, when in 1960 I reviewed The Phenomenological Movement! for Philosophical Books, one of the few journals in Britain that reviewed this book, which Herbert has jok­ ingly referred to as "the monster". I was at that time already interested in Con­ tinental thought, and in particular phenomenology. I had attended a course on phenomenology given by Rene Schaerer at Geneva when I was working there in 1955-6. I had also been partly instrumental in getting Merleau-Ponty to come to Manchester in 1958. During his visit he gave a seminar in English on politics and a lecture in French on "Wittgenstein and Language" in which he attacked Wittgenstein's views on language in the Tractatus. He was apparently unaware of the Philosophical Investigations. But it was not until I came to review Herbert's book that I appreciated the ramifications of the movement: its diverse strands of thought, and the manifold personalities involved in it. For example, Herbert mentions one Aurel Kolnai who had written on the "Phenomenology of Disgust'!, and which had appeared in Vol. 10 of Husserl's Jahrbuch. It was only after I had been acquainted for some time with Kolnai then in England, that I realised that 2 Herbert had written about him in the Movement. The Movement itself contains a wealth of learning.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    ISBN: 9789400962620
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (384p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Analecta Husserliana, The Yearbook of Phenomenological Research 17
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy, modern ; Phenomenology ; Science—Philosophy.
    Abstract: I Spontaneity Of Life, Individualization, Beingness -- Harmony in Becoming: The Spontaneity of Life and Self-Individualization -- Toward a More Comprehensive Concept of life -- Confucian Methodology and Understanding the Human Person -- Heidegger’s Quest for the Essence of Man -- A Comparative Study of Lao-tzu and Husserl: A Methodological Approach -- II Human Faculties of Life -- Mind and Consciousness in Chinese Philosophy: A Historical Survey -- Transcendental Consciousness in Edmund Husserl’s Phenomenology -- Life-world and Reason in Husserl’s Philosophy of Life -- Consciousness and Body in the Phenomenology of Merleau-Ponty: Some Remarks Concerning Flesh, Vision, and World in the Late Philosophy of Maurice Merleau-Ponty -- Language, Consciousness, and Mind in Neo-Confucian Philosophy: The Crossbow Pellet -- Conscience and Life: The Role of Freedom in Heidegger’s Conception of Conscience -- III Life, Morality and Inwardness -- A Reevaluation of Confucius -- Conscience, Morality and Creativity -- Confucian Moral Metaphysics and Heidegger’s Fundamental Ontology -- The Concept of Tao: A Hermeneutical Perspective -- Phenomenology in T’ien-t’ai and Hua-yen Buddhism -- Chinese Buddhism as an Existential Phenomenology -- A Critical Reflection on the Methods of Phenomenology, Hermeneutics, and the Idea of Contextualization in Religious and Theological Studies -- IV The Locus of Art In Life -- The Tenets of Roman Ingarden’s Aesthetics in a Philosophical Perspective -- The Literary Work and Its Concretization in Roman Ingarden’s Aesthetics -- The Writer as Shaman -- A Glimpse of the Fundamental Nature of Japanese Art -- A Phenomenological Perspective of Theodore Roethke’s Poetry -- Virginia Woolf’s Theory of Reception -- The Aesthetic Interpretation of life in The Tale of Genji -- Index Of Names.
    Abstract: To introduce this collection of research studies, which stem from the pro­ grams conducted by The World Phenomenology Institute, we need say a few words about our aims and work. This will bring to light the significance of the present volume. The phenomenological philosophy is an unprejudiced study of experience in its entire range: experience being understood as yielding objects. Experi­ ence, moreover, is approached in a specific way, such a way that it legitima­ tizes itself naturally in immediate evidence. As such it offers a unique ground for philosophical inquiry. Its basic condition, however, is to legitimize its validity. In this way it allows a dialogue to unfold among various philosophies of different methodologies and persuasions, so that their basic assumptions and conceptions may be investigated in an objective fashion. That is, instead of comparing concepts, we may go below their differences to seek together what they are meant to grasp. We may in this way come to the things them­ selves, which are the common objective of all philosophy, or what the great Chinese philosopher Wang Yang Ming called "the investigation of things". It is in this spirit that the Institute's programs include a "cross-cultural" dialogue meant to bring about a profound communication among philosophers in their deepest concerns. Rising above artificial cultural confinements, such dialogues bring scholars, thinkers and human beings together toward a truly human community of minds. Our Institute unfolds one consistent academic program.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    ISBN: 9789400963153
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 573 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Analecta Husserliana, The Yearbook of Phenomenological Research 18
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Linguistics ; Phenomenology ; Science—Philosophy. ; Language and languages—Style.
    Abstract: Aesthetic Enjoyment and Poetic Sense. Poetic Sense: The Irreducible in Literature -- Movement in German Poems -- Why be a Poet? -- The Field of Poetic Constitution -- The Poet in the Poem: A Phenomenological Analysis of Anne Sexton’s ‘Briar Rose (Sleeping Beauty)’ -- Nature, Feeling, and Disclosure in the Poetry of Wallace Stevens -- “Fallings from us, Vanishings ...”: Composition and the Structure of Loss -- Poetic Thinking to Be -- From Helikon to Aetna: The Precinct of Poetry in Hesiod, Empedokles, Hölderlin, and Arnold -- What Can the Poem Do Today? The Self-Evaluation of Western Poets after 1945 -- Poetry as Essential Graphs -- The Shield and the Horizon: Homeric Ekphrasis and History -- The Myth of Man in the Hebraic Epic -- On Medieval Interpretation and Mythology -- The Epic Element in Japanese Literature -- A Long Day’s Journey into Night: The Historicity of Human Existence Unfolding in Virginia Woolf’s Fiction -- The Existential Sources of Rhetoric: A Comparison Between Traditional Epic and Modern Narrative -- Metaphor and the Flux of Human Experience -- The Literary Diary as a Witness of Man’s Historicity: Heinrich Böll, Karl Krolow, Günter Grass, and Peter Handke -- The French Nouveau Roman: The Ultimate Expression of Impressionism -- The Birth of Tragedy out of the Spirit of Music: Claudel, Milhaud and the Oresteia -- Tragedy and the Completion of Freedom -- Hardy’s Jude: The Pursuit of the Ideal as Tragedy -- Values and German Tragedy 1770–1840 -- La Destinée de la tragédie dans la culture Islamique -- Toward a Theory of Contemporary Tragedy -- The Re-emergence of Tragedy in Late Medieval England: Sir Thomas Malory’s Morte Darthur -- Tragical, Comical, Historical -- The Denial of Tragedy: The Self-Reflexive Process of the Creative Activity and the French New Novel -- Tragic Closure and the Cornelian Wager -- Intuition in Britannicus -- Myth and Tragic Action in La Celestina and Romeo and Juliet -- Du désordre à l’ordre: le rôle de la violence dans Horace -- The Act of Writing as an Apprehension of the Enigma of Being-in-the-World -- The Truth of the Body: Merleau-Ponty on Perception, Language, and Literature -- Fiction and the Transposition of Presence -- The Structure of Allegory -- Literary Impressionism and Phenomenology: Affinities and Contrasts -- Phenomenology and Literary Impressionism: The Prismatic Sensibility -- Un modèle d’analyse dy texte dramatique -- The Problem of Reading, Phenomenologically or Otherwise -- Index of Names.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400955547
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 166 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Population and Community Biology
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Predators and predation -- 2 Predation theory -- 3 Clearing the decks -- 4 Field studies -- 5 Self-limitation of prey and predator populations -- 6 Age and size structure in predator and prey populations -- 7 Prey refugia -- 8 The functional response: the influence of predatory behavior upon dynamics -- 9 Spatial structure in prey populations -- 10 Predation and population cycles -- 11 The evolution of predator-prey systems -- 12 Predation and the ecological community 140 -- Appendix of scientific names.
    Abstract: When assuming the task of preparing a book such as this, one inevitably wonders why anyone would want to read it. I have always sympathized with Charles Elton's trenchant observation in his 1927 book that 'we have to face the fact that while ecological work is fascinating to do, it is unbearably dull to read about . . . ' And yet several good reasons do exist for producing a small volume on predation. The subject is interesting in its own right; no ecologist can deny that predation is one of the basic processes in the natural world. And the logical roots for much currently published reasoning about predation are remarkably well hidden; if one must do research on the subject, it helps not to be forced to start from first principles. A student facing predator-prey interactions for the first time is confronted with an amazingly diverse and sometimes inaccessible literature, with a ratio of wheat to chaff not exceeding 1: 5. A guide to the perplexed in this field does not exist at present, and I hope the book will serve that function. But apart from these more-or-Iess academic reasons for writing the book, I am forced to it by my conviction that predators are important in the ecological scheme. They playa critical role in the biological control of insects and other pests and are therefore of immediate economic concern.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401160537
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. The Medium and the Market — An Overview -- 1.1 A Telecommunications Overview -- 1.2 Understanding the Basics -- 1.3 A Bright Future with Fiber Optics -- 1.4 A View from the Business Side -- 2. Modems and Multiplexers -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The Role of Modems -- 2.3 Modem Applications -- 2.4 Industry Standards -- 2.5 Modem Features -- 2.6 Multiplexing Reduces Communications Cost -- 2.7 Multiplexer Technology -- 2.8 Statistical Multiplexer -- 3. Protocols and Codes -- 3.1 What is a Protocol? -- 3.2 Protocol Hierarchy -- 3.3 Physical Electrical Interface -- 3.4 Link Control Structure -- 3.5 Bisync Protocol -- 3.6 HDLC Protocol -- 3.7 SDLC Overview -- 3.8 System Network Architecture (SNA) -- 3.9 Polling Explained -- 3.10 Transmission Codes -- 3.11 Code and Speed Converters -- 3.12 Treatment of Errors -- 3.13 Front-End Processors -- 4. Terminal Technology -- 4.1 CRT Display Terminals -- 4.2 Printing Technologies -- 4.3 Graphic Terminals -- 4.4 Facsimile Technology -- 4.5 Integrated Workstations -- 5. Network Management -- 5.1 Network Control Design Considerations -- 5.2 Elementary Monitoring -- 5.3 Redundancy and Compatability -- 5.4 Network Testing -- 5.5 Centralized Troubleshooting -- 5.6 Network Control Center -- 5.7 Specialized Test Equipment -- 5.8 Network Security -- 6. Network Structures -- 6.1 Topology Tradeoffs -- 6.2 Local Area Networks -- 6.3 Distributed Communications -- 6.4 Message Switching Networks -- 6.5 Integrated Voice and Data -- 6.6 Shared Resources -- 6.7 Packet Switching Networks -- 6.8 Network Design Considerations -- 7. Satellite and Carrier Services -- 7.1 Satellite Overview -- 7.2 Selecting a Transmission Method -- 7.3 Facsimile Services -- Glossary of Terms.
    Abstract: Modern technology began in the 1950's and 1960's, with the devel­ opment of transistor technology. At first it was useful in improving the performance of voice communications. But then it made possible extraordinary computer capability in manageable size-and at man­ ageable cost. First came large mainframe computers for only the largest companies; and later the microcomputer as we know it today. The increasing use of computers, in the 1960's with their ability to manipulate and store vast quantities of information, stimulated the need for computers to communicate with one another and so tele­ phone circuits had to be segregated and conditioned specifically for computer traffic, using the modem. Computers ushered in a new era of business communications in which data could be developed, ma­ nipulated, stored or transmitted with remarkable ease. The recent pace of technological advancement has been breath­ taking and, today, the distinction between communications and computers is no longer even necessary. Computers, at the very core of communications networks, route and control communications on major common carriers. The decade of the 1980's is bearing the fruits of the marriage of computers and communications. For the first time networks are en­ abling organizations to utilize the combined processing power of computers and communications equipment.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. The Medium and the Market - An Overview1.1 A Telecommunications Overview -- 1.2 Understanding the Basics -- 1.3 A Bright Future with Fiber Optics -- 1.4 A View from the Business Side -- 2. Modems and Multiplexers -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The Role of Modems -- 2.3 Modem Applications -- 2.4 Industry Standards -- 2.5 Modem Features -- 2.6 Multiplexing Reduces Communications Cost -- 2.7 Multiplexer Technology -- 2.8 Statistical Multiplexer -- 3. Protocols and Codes -- 3.1 What is a Protocol? -- 3.2 Protocol Hierarchy -- 3.3 Physical Electrical Interface -- 3.4 Link Control Structure -- 3.5 Bisync Protocol -- 3.6 HDLC Protocol -- 3.7 SDLC Overview -- 3.8 System Network Architecture (SNA) -- 3.9 Polling Explained -- 3.10 Transmission Codes -- 3.11 Code and Speed Converters -- 3.12 Treatment of Errors -- 3.13 Front-End Processors -- 4. Terminal Technology -- 4.1 CRT Display Terminals -- 4.2 Printing Technologies -- 4.3 Graphic Terminals -- 4.4 Facsimile Technology -- 4.5 Integrated Workstations -- 5. Network Management -- 5.1 Network Control Design Considerations -- 5.2 Elementary Monitoring -- 5.3 Redundancy and Compatability -- 5.4 Network Testing -- 5.5 Centralized Troubleshooting -- 5.6 Network Control Center -- 5.7 Specialized Test Equipment -- 5.8 Network Security -- 6. Network Structures -- 6.1 Topology Tradeoffs -- 6.2 Local Area Networks -- 6.3 Distributed Communications -- 6.4 Message Switching Networks -- 6.5 Integrated Voice and Data -- 6.6 Shared Resources -- 6.7 Packet Switching Networks -- 6.8 Network Design Considerations -- 7. Satellite and Carrier Services -- 7.1 Satellite Overview -- 7.2 Selecting a Transmission Method -- 7.3 Facsimile Services -- Glossary of Terms.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955400
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 210 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction to electron beam instruments -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Basic properties of electron emitters -- 1.3 Electron optics, electron lenses and deflection systems -- References -- 2 Electron-specimen interactions -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Elastically scattered electrons -- 2.3 Inelastically scattered electrons -- 2.4 Generation of X-rays -- 2.5 Generation of Auger electrons -- 2.6 Generation of electron beam induced current and cathodoluminescence signals -- References -- 3 Layout and operational modes of electron beam instruments -- 3.1 Transmission electron microscopy -- 3.2 Scanning electron microscopy -- 3.3 Scanning transmission electron microscopy -- 3.4 Auger electron spectroscopy -- 3.5 Electron microprobe analysis -- 3.6 X-ray spectrometers -- 3.7 Electron spectrometers -- References -- 4 Interpretation of diffraction information -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Analysis of electron diffraction patterns -- 4.3 Interpretation of diffraction maxima associated with phase transformations and magnetic samples -- 4.4 Interpretation of diffraction patterns from twinned crystals -- 4.5 Interpretation of channelling patterns and backscattered electron patterns in scanning electron microscopy -- References -- 5 Analysis of micrographs in TEM, STEM, HREM and SEM -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Theories of diffraction contrast in transmission electron microscopy -- 5.3 Analysis of images in transmission electron microscopy -- 5.4 Influence of electron optical conditions on images in TEM and STEM -- 5.5 Interpretation of high resolution electron microscopy images -- 5.6 Interpretation of scanning electron microscopy images -- References -- 6 Interpretation of analytical data -- 6.1 Interpretation of X-ray data -- 6.2 Interpretation of data from thin samples -- 6.3 Interpretation of X-ray data from bulk samples -- 6.4 Interpretation of electron energy loss spectra -- 6.5 Interpretation of Auger spectra -- 6.6 Spatial resolution of analysis -- References -- Appendix A The reciprocal lattice -- Appendix B Interplanar distances and angles in crystals. Cell volumes. Diffraction group symmetries -- Appendix C Kikuchi maps, standard diffraction patterns and extinction distances -- Appendix D Stereomicroscopy and trace analysis -- Appendix E Tables of X-ray and EELS energies.
    Abstract: The examination of materials using electron beam techniques has developed continuously for over twenty years and there are now many different methods of extracting detailed structural and chemical information using electron beams. These techniques which include electron probe microanalysis, trans­ mission electron microscopy, Auger spectroscopy and scanning electron microscopy have, until recently, developed more or less independently of each other. Thus dedicated instruments designed to optimize the performance for a specific application have been available and correspondingly most of the available textbooks tend to have covered the theory and practice of an individual technique. There appears to be no doubt that dedicated instru­ ments taken together with the specialized textbooks will continue to be the appropriate approach for some problems. Nevertheless the underlying electron-specimen interactions are common to many techniques and in view of the fact that a range of hybrid instruments is now available it seems appropriate to provide a broad-based text for users of these electron beam facilities. The aim of the present book is therefore to provide, in a reasonably concise form, the material which will allow the practitioner of one or more of the individual techniques to appreciate and to make use of the type of information which can be obtained using other electron beam techniques.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955561
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Receptors and Recognition 16
    Series Statement: Series B 16
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Immunogenetic Approaches to Cell Surface Molecules in the Mouse -- 2 Genetics of the Human Red Cell Surface -- 3 Analysis of the Human Cell Surface by Somatic Cell Genetics -- 4 Molecular Genetics of the HLA Region -- 5 Cell Genetic Analysis of the Receptor Systems for Bioactive Polypeptides -- 6 Genetics of the Cell Surface of the Preimplantation Embryo: Studies on Antigens Determined by Chromosome 17 in the Mouse -- 7 The Male-Specific Antigen (H-Y) and Sexual Differentiation.
    Abstract: The cell surface is the barrier between the cell and its environment which regulates the flow of both simple and complex molecules into and out of the cell; it is also the organelle responsible for communication between the cell and its environment. Each cell expresses receptors for a wide variety of hormones, growth factors, growth substrates and other cells. In multicellular organisms communication between cells is required for controlling development, cellular differentiation, morphogenesis and, in a more general sense, integration of myriad cell types into a single organism. The series Receptors and Recognition has as its overall aim the dissection of the cell surface to correlate structure and function for this complex organelle. In most of the preceding volumes the approach has been biochemical or physiological. In this volume the mammalian cell surface is analysed by a genetic approach. Genetic analysis of the cell surface, especially when combined with immuno­ logical techniques, has a long history. In 1900 Landsteiner showed that serum from one individual could agglutinate the red cells of another. Besides the practical result of making blood transfusion safe, this was the first demon­ stration of a human genetic polymorphism and for the next 50 years the red blood cell surface provided most of the genetic markers used to study human populations.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955486
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 218 p) , online resource
    Edition: Third Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 What is meant by ‘ionization constants’? -- 1.2 Why do we determine ionization constants? -- 1.3 Brief summary of the chemistry of ionization -- 1.4 The nature of pKa values -- 1.5 The shape of a titration curve -- 1.6 Methods commonly used for determining ionization constants -- 1.7 What degree of precision is required? -- 1.8 The effect of temperature on ionization constants -- 1.9 Molality and molarity -- 2 Determination of Ionization Constants by Potentiometrie Titration using a Glass Electrode -- 2.1 Apparatus for general use -- 2.2 Preparation of solutions -- 2.3 Choice of concentration for the titration -- 2.4 Details of the titration method -- 2.5 Derivation and choice of equations for calculating pKa -- 2.6 Some typical titrations (worked examples) -- 2.7 Precision and accuracy. Checking the precision obtained -- 2.8 Common sources of error, and their elimination -- 2.9False constants -- 2.10 Partly aqueous solvents -- 3 Refinements of Potentiometrie Titration: Apparatus and Calculations -- A Apparatus -- 3.1 Semi-micro titrations -- 3.2 Micro titrations -- 3.3 The rapid-flow method -- 3.4 The hydrogen electrode -- B Calculations -- 3.5 Monofunctional acids and bases -- 3.6 Method of calculation -- 3.7 Diacidic bases, dibasic acids and ampholytes -- 3.8 Overlapping ionization processes -- 3.9 Polyelectrolytes -- 3.10 Accuracy of the potentiometric method -- 3.11 Non-aqueous solvents -- 4 Determination of Ionization Constants by Spectrophotometry -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Apparatus -- 4.3 Buffers -- 4.4 Acidity functions -- 4.5 Preparation of the stock solution of the unknown -- 4.6 The search for the spectra of two pure ionic species -- 4.7 The choice of an analytical wavelength -- 4.8 Preliminary search for an approximate value of pKa -- 4.9 Exact determination of pKa -- 4.10 Worked examples -- 4.11 Activity corrections -- 4.12 Extensions of the spectrometric method -- (a)The pKa of a very weak acid (graphical treatment) -- (b)Overlapping pKa values -- (c)Computer program for overlapping values -- 4.13 Errors, precision and accuracy -- 4.14 Common sources of error -- 4.15 Spectrophotometric determination of the pKa of a substance that lacks an absorption spectrum -- 4.16 A rapid method for the approximate measurement of pKa -- 5 Relations between Ionization and Solubility. Determination of Ionization Constants by Phase Equilibria -- 5.1 Ionization constants in preparative work -- 5.2 Prediction of solubility from ionization constants -- 5.3 Determination of ionization constants from solubilities -- 5.4 Determination of ionization constants from vapour pressure, by partitioning between a pair of solvents, or by other phase equilibria -- 6 Determination of Ionization Constants by Conductimetry -- 6.1 Scope of the method -- 6.2 Apparatus -- 6.3 Procedure -- 6.4 Refinements of calculation -- 7 Some Other Methods for the Determination of Ionization Constants -- 7.1 Raman spectrometry -- 7.2 Proton nuclear magnetic resonance -- 7.3 Nuclear magnetic resonance using other atoms -- 7.4 Thermometric methods -- 8 Zwitterions (Dipolar Ions) -- 8.1 Zwitterions compared to ordinary amphoteric substances -- 8.2 How to distinguish zwitterions from ordinary ampholytes -- 8.3 Zwitterionic equilibria: macroscopic and microscopic constants -- 9 The Ionization Constants of Typical Acids and Bases -- A Organic Section -- 9.1 The oxygen acids (monobasic) -- (a) Aliphatic carboxylic acids -- (b) Aromatic carboxylic acids -- (c) Aliphatic hydroxylie acids -- (d) Aromatic hydroxylie acids (phenols) -- (e) Other oxygen acids -- 9.2 The oxygen acids (dibasic) -- 9.3 Sulphur acids, nitrogen acids and carbon acids -- (a) Mercaptans -- (b) Nitrogen acids -- (c) Carbon acids -- 9.4 The nitrogen bases (monoacidic) -- (a) Aliphatic bases -- (b) Aromatic and heteroaromatic bases -- 9.5 The nitrogen bases (diacidic) -- 9.6 Carbinolamine bases -- 9.7 Oxygen bases and carbon bases -- 9.8 Amphoteric substances -- B Inorganic Section -- 9.9 Inorganic acids -- 9.10 Inorganic bases 164 -- C Biologically-Active Substances -- 10 Chelation and the Stability Constants of Metal Complexes -- 10.1 The nature of chelation -- 10.2 Methods of calculation -- 10.3 Choice of ionic medium and the preparation of standard solutions -- 10.4 Measurement of pH and the calculation of pCH -- 10.5 Common difficulties and how they can be overcome -- 11 Appendices -- I An outline of the Brønsted-Lowry Theory -- II Comparison of classical and thermodynamic quantities -- III Calculations of hydrogen ion activity and concentration: also of hydroxyl ion activity and concentration -- IV Some effects of temperature on ionization constants -- V How percentage ionized may be calculated, given pKa and pH -- VI An outline of the theory of pH -- References.
    Abstract: This practical manual is devised for organic chemists and biochemists who, in the course of their researches and without previous experience, need to determine an ionization constant. We are gratified that earlier editions were much used for this purpose and that they also proved adequate for the in­ service training of technicians and technical officers to provide a Department with a pK service. The features of previous editions that gave this wide appeal have been retained, but the subject matter has been revised, extended, and brought up to date. We present two new chapters, one of which describes the determination of the stability constants of the complexes which organic ligands form with metal cations. The other describes the use of more recently introduced techniques for the determination of ionization constants, such as Raman and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, thermometric titrations, and paper electro­ phoresis. Chapter 1 gives enhanced help in choosing between alternative methods for determining ionization constants. The two chapters on potentiometric methods have been extensively revised in the light of newer understanding of electrode processes and of the present state of the art in instrumen tation.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 What is meant by ‘ionization constants’? -- 1.2 Why do we determine ionization constants? -- 1.3 Brief summary of the chemistry of ionization -- 1.4 The nature of pKa values -- 1.5 The shape of a titration curve -- 1.6 Methods commonly used for determining ionization constants -- 1.7 What degree of precision is required? -- 1.8 The effect of temperature on ionization constants -- 1.9 Molality and molarity -- 2 Determination of Ionization Constants by Potentiometrie Titration using a Glass Electrode -- 2.1 Apparatus for general use -- 2.2 Preparation of solutions -- 2.3 Choice of concentration for the titration -- 2.4 Details of the titration method -- 2.5 Derivation and choice of equations for calculating pKa -- 2.6 Some typical titrations (worked examples) -- 2.7 Precision and accuracy. Checking the precision obtained -- 2.8 Common sources of error, and their elimination -- 2.9False constants -- 2.10 Partly aqueous solvents -- 3 Refinements of Potentiometrie Titration: Apparatus and Calculations -- A Apparatus -- 3.1 Semi-micro titrations -- 3.2 Micro titrations -- 3.3 The rapid-flow method -- 3.4 The hydrogen electrode -- B Calculations -- 3.5 Monofunctional acids and bases -- 3.6 Method of calculation -- 3.7 Diacidic bases, dibasic acids and ampholytes -- 3.8 Overlapping ionization processes -- 3.9 Polyelectrolytes -- 3.10 Accuracy of the potentiometric method -- 3.11 Non-aqueous solvents -- 4 Determination of Ionization Constants by Spectrophotometry -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Apparatus -- 4.3 Buffers -- 4.4 Acidity functions -- 4.5 Preparation of the stock solution of the unknown -- 4.6 The search for the spectra of two pure ionic species -- 4.7 The choice of an analytical wavelength -- 4.8 Preliminary search for an approximate value of pKa -- 4.9 Exact determination of pKa -- 4.10 Worked examples -- 4.11 Activity corrections -- 4.12 Extensions of the spectrometric method -- (a)The pKa of a very weak acid (graphical treatment) -- (b)Overlapping pKa values -- (c)Computer program for overlapping values -- 4.13 Errors, precision and accuracy -- 4.14 Common sources of error -- 4.15 Spectrophotometric determination of the pKa of a substance that lacks an absorption spectrum -- 4.16 A rapid method for the approximate measurement of pKa -- 5 Relations between Ionization and Solubility. Determination of Ionization Constants by Phase Equilibria -- 5.1 Ionization constants in preparative work -- 5.2 Prediction of solubility from ionization constants -- 5.3 Determination of ionization constants from solubilities -- 5.4 Determination of ionization constants from vapour pressure, by partitioning between a pair of solvents, or by other phase equilibria -- 6 Determination of Ionization Constants by Conductimetry -- 6.1 Scope of the method -- 6.2 Apparatus -- 6.3 Procedure -- 6.4 Refinements of calculation -- 7 Some Other Methods for the Determination of Ionization Constants -- 7.1 Raman spectrometry -- 7.2 Proton nuclear magnetic resonance -- 7.3 Nuclear magnetic resonance using other atoms -- 7.4 Thermometric methods -- 8 Zwitterions (Dipolar Ions) -- 8.1 Zwitterions compared to ordinary amphoteric substances -- 8.2 How to distinguish zwitterions from ordinary ampholytes -- 8.3 Zwitterionic equilibria: macroscopic and microscopic constants -- 9 The Ionization Constants of Typical Acids and Bases -- A Organic Section -- 9.1 The oxygen acids (monobasic) -- (a) Aliphatic carboxylic acids -- (b) Aromatic carboxylic acids -- (c) Aliphatic hydroxylie acids -- (d) Aromatic hydroxylie acids (phenols) -- (e) Other oxygen acids -- 9.2 The oxygen acids (dibasic) -- 9.3 Sulphur acids, nitrogen acids and carbon acids -- (a) Mercaptans -- (b) Nitrogen acids -- (c) Carbon acids -- 9.4 The nitrogen bases (monoacidic) -- (a) Aliphatic bases -- (b) Aromatic and heteroaromatic bases -- 9.5 The nitrogen bases (diacidic) -- 9.6 Carbinolamine bases -- 9.7 Oxygen bases and carbon bases -- 9.8 Amphoteric substances -- B Inorganic Section -- 9.9 Inorganic acids -- 9.10 Inorganic bases 164 -- C Biologically-Active Substances -- 10 Chelation and the Stability Constants of Metal Complexes -- 10.1 The nature of chelation -- 10.2 Methods of calculation -- 10.3 Choice of ionic medium and the preparation of standard solutions -- 10.4 Measurement of pH and the calculation of pCH -- 10.5 Common difficulties and how they can be overcome -- 11 Appendices -- I An outline of the Brønsted-Lowry Theory -- II Comparison of classical and thermodynamic quantities -- III Calculations of hydrogen ion activity and concentration: also of hydroxyl ion activity and concentration -- IV Some effects of temperature on ionization constants -- V How percentage ionized may be calculated, given pKa and pH -- VI An outline of the theory of pH -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    ISBN: 9789401091633
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: C. D. Darlington — In Memoriam -- Molecular Cytogenetics -- Sorting, Cloning and Analysis of Specific Human Chromosomes -- High Resolution Linkage Map of Human Chromosome llp -- Molecular Organisation of the Chromosome -- Z-DNA and Chromosome Structure -- Centromeric DNA in Yeast -- Telomeres and Artificial Chromosomes in Yeast -- Meiosis -- Genic Control of Meiosis -- Application of the Spreading Techniques to Structural Heterozygotes -- Synapsis, Synaptic Adjustment and DNA Synthesis in Mouse Oocytes -- The Synaptonemal Complex in Chromosome Pairing and Disjunction -- X-Inactivation and Its Role in Male Sterility -- Age-Related Aneuploidy and Its Aetiology — Testing Some of the Hypotheses -- Chromosomes and Cancer -- Chromosomes and Cancer: Chromatin’s Re-Awakening -- Structure and Function of Chromosomes -- Balbiani Ring Genes and Their Induction -- Active Genes and Puffs -- Mapping of Genetic Activity on Mammalian Chromosomes -- Spatial Order of Chromosomes -- Ordered Arrangement of Chromosomes in Wheat -- Towards a General Model for Spatial Law and Order in Nuclear and Karyotypic Architecture -- Correlation Between Interphase and Metaphase Chromosome Arrangements as Studied by Laser-Uv-Microbeam Experiments -- Chromosomes and Evolution -- Chromosomal Evolution, Speciation and Morphological Change in Vertebrates: The Role of Social Behaviour -- DNA Family Turnover and the Coevolution of Chromosomes -- The Evolution of Sex Chromosomes and Their Consequences for the Evolutionary Process -- The Evolutionary Consequence of Major Genomic Changes in Amphibia -- Linkage Group Conservation and the Notion of 24 Primordial Vertebrate Linkage Groups -- Explosive Chromosomal Speciation in Seismic Active Regions -- Abstracts of Selected Posters -- Author Index.
    Description / Table of Contents: C. D. Darlington - In MemoriamMolecular Cytogenetics -- Sorting, Cloning and Analysis of Specific Human Chromosomes -- High Resolution Linkage Map of Human Chromosome llp -- Molecular Organisation of the Chromosome -- Z-DNA and Chromosome Structure -- Centromeric DNA in Yeast -- Telomeres and Artificial Chromosomes in Yeast -- Meiosis -- Genic Control of Meiosis -- Application of the Spreading Techniques to Structural Heterozygotes -- Synapsis, Synaptic Adjustment and DNA Synthesis in Mouse Oocytes -- The Synaptonemal Complex in Chromosome Pairing and Disjunction -- X-Inactivation and Its Role in Male Sterility -- Age-Related Aneuploidy and Its Aetiology - Testing Some of the Hypotheses -- Chromosomes and Cancer -- Chromosomes and Cancer: Chromatin’s Re-Awakening -- Structure and Function of Chromosomes -- Balbiani Ring Genes and Their Induction -- Active Genes and Puffs -- Mapping of Genetic Activity on Mammalian Chromosomes -- Spatial Order of Chromosomes -- Ordered Arrangement of Chromosomes in Wheat -- Towards a General Model for Spatial Law and Order in Nuclear and Karyotypic Architecture -- Correlation Between Interphase and Metaphase Chromosome Arrangements as Studied by Laser-Uv-Microbeam Experiments -- Chromosomes and Evolution -- Chromosomal Evolution, Speciation and Morphological Change in Vertebrates: The Role of Social Behaviour -- DNA Family Turnover and the Coevolution of Chromosomes -- The Evolution of Sex Chromosomes and Their Consequences for the Evolutionary Process -- The Evolutionary Consequence of Major Genomic Changes in Amphibia -- Linkage Group Conservation and the Notion of 24 Primordial Vertebrate Linkage Groups -- Explosive Chromosomal Speciation in Seismic Active Regions -- Abstracts of Selected Posters -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401096898
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Fundamental principles -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Euler equation -- 1.3 Reaction -- 1.4 Application to a centrifugal machine -- 1.5 Application to axial pumps and turbines -- 1.6 Alternative operating modes -- 1.7 Compressible flow theory -- 1.8 Shock wave effects -- 1.9 Cavitation -- 1.10 Illustrative examples -- 2 Principles and practice of scaling laws -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Performance laws -- 2.3 Concept of specific speed -- 2.4 Cavitation parameters -- 2.5 Scale effects in incompressible units -- 2.6 Scale effects in compressible machines -- 2.7 Illustrative examples -- 3 Principles of axial flow machines -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Wing theory -- 3.3 Isolated aerofoil data -- 3.4 Cascade data -- 3.5 Radial equilibrium theories -- 3.6 Actuator disc approach -- 3.7 Stall and surge effects -- 4 Principles of radial and mixed flow machines -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 One-dimensional approach -- 4.3 Two-dimensional approach -- 4.4 Three-dimensional problem -- 4.5 Discussion of theoretical approaches to analysis and design -- 5 Centrifugal machines -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Inlet or intake systems -- 5.3 Impeller -- 5.4 Outlet systems -- 5.5 Thrust loads due to hydrodynamic effects -- 6 Axial machines for incompressible flow -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Axial flow pumps and fans -- 6.3 Axial water turbines -- 6.4 Forces on blades and their implications for design -- 6.5 Concluding remarks -- 7 Axial turbines and compressors for compressible flow -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Approach to axial compressor principles -- 7.3 Axial turbine principles -- 7.4 Other problems -- 8 Radial flow turbines -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Water turbines -- 8.3 Radial inflow gas turbine -- 8.4 Ljungström or radial outflow turbine -- 9 Cavitation and other matters -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Effects of cavitation on machines -- 9.3 Problems involved in special pumping applications -- 9.4 Pumped storage systems -- 9.5 Some comments on output control of rotating machines -- References -- Additional bibliography.
    Abstract: This text outlines the fluid and thermodynamic principles that apply to all classes of turbomachines, and the material has been presented in a unified way. The approach has been used with successive groups of final year mechanical engineering students, who have helped with the development of the ideas outlined. As with these students, the reader is assumed to have a basic understanding of fluid mechanics and thermodynamics. However, the early chapters combine the relevant material with some new concepts, and provide basic reading references. Two related objectives have defined the scope of the treatment. The first is to provide a general treatment of the common forms of turbo machine, covering basic fluid dynamics and thermodynamics of flow through passages and over surfaces, with a brief derivation of the fundamental governing equations. The second objective is to apply this material to the various machines in enough detail to allow the major design and performance factors to be appreciated. Both objectives have been met by grouping the machines by flow path rather than by application, thus allowing an appreciation of points of similarity or difference in approach. No attempt has been made to cover detailed points of design or stressing, though the cited references and the body of information from which they have been taken give this sort of information. The first four chapters introduce the fundamental relations, and the suc­ ceeding chapters deal with applications to the various flow paths.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Fundamental principles1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Euler equation -- 1.3 Reaction -- 1.4 Application to a centrifugal machine -- 1.5 Application to axial pumps and turbines -- 1.6 Alternative operating modes -- 1.7 Compressible flow theory -- 1.8 Shock wave effects -- 1.9 Cavitation -- 1.10 Illustrative examples -- 2 Principles and practice of scaling laws -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Performance laws -- 2.3 Concept of specific speed -- 2.4 Cavitation parameters -- 2.5 Scale effects in incompressible units -- 2.6 Scale effects in compressible machines -- 2.7 Illustrative examples -- 3 Principles of axial flow machines -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Wing theory -- 3.3 Isolated aerofoil data -- 3.4 Cascade data -- 3.5 Radial equilibrium theories -- 3.6 Actuator disc approach -- 3.7 Stall and surge effects -- 4 Principles of radial and mixed flow machines -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 One-dimensional approach -- 4.3 Two-dimensional approach -- 4.4 Three-dimensional problem -- 4.5 Discussion of theoretical approaches to analysis and design -- 5 Centrifugal machines -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Inlet or intake systems -- 5.3 Impeller -- 5.4 Outlet systems -- 5.5 Thrust loads due to hydrodynamic effects -- 6 Axial machines for incompressible flow -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Axial flow pumps and fans -- 6.3 Axial water turbines -- 6.4 Forces on blades and their implications for design -- 6.5 Concluding remarks -- 7 Axial turbines and compressors for compressible flow -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Approach to axial compressor principles -- 7.3 Axial turbine principles -- 7.4 Other problems -- 8 Radial flow turbines -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Water turbines -- 8.3 Radial inflow gas turbine -- 8.4 Ljungström or radial outflow turbine -- 9 Cavitation and other matters -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Effects of cavitation on machines -- 9.3 Problems involved in special pumping applications -- 9.4 Pumped storage systems -- 9.5 Some comments on output control of rotating machines -- References -- Additional bibliography.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    ISBN: 9789400932838
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 - Psychological and Sociological Parameters for Studies of Breakdown in Human Adaptation -- I. General Overviews -- Towards a taxonomy of methods: a general overview of psychological approaches in the study of breakdown of human adaptation -- Psychological field study techniques: overview and needs -- Psychological field study techniques: a critical evaluation -- Sociological parameters in studies of breakdown: a selective overview -- Use of psychological indices in epidemiological studies: overview and needs -- Stressful life events and illness: a review with special reference to a criticism of the life-event method -- II. Conceptual Approaches -- A lifetime prospective study of human adaptation and health -- Psychosocial and psychophysiological factors in the design and the evaluation of working conditions within health care systems -- The relation of social to pathophysiological processes: evidence from epidemiological studies -- Unemployment and health: a review of methodology -- Ontogenetic development and breakdown in adaptation: a review on psychosocial factors contributing to the development of myocardial infarction, and a description of a research program -- Physiological issues in establishing links between psychosocial factors and cardiovascular illness -- White collar occupation and coronary prone behaviour -- III. Methods -- Psychological methods: an overview of clinical applications -- Psychological factors in the breakdown of human adaptation: some methodological issues -- Monitoring signs of decrease in human adaptation: use of quantitative measures available in official statistics -- Inventory of stressful life-events (ILE) -- The Norwegian female climacteric project (VOS) -- Questionnaire for organisational stress (VOS) -- A scale for measuring the marital relationship among males -- 2 - Human Performance and Breakdown in Adaptation -- Human performance in transport operations: introductory remarks -- I. Air Transport -- Air crew workload -- Safety, individual performance and mental workload in air transport: Oedipus as Icarus -- Stress management in air transport operations: beyond alcohol and drugs -- Reasons for eliminating the “age 60” regulation for airline pilots -- Human factors education in European air transport operations -- II. Road Transport -- Behaviour research in road traffic -- Some theoretical considerations on accident research -- Accident of bus drivers — practical and methodological problems -- Effects of alcohol on driving performance: a critical look on the epidemiological, experimental and psychosocial approaches -- Investigations on the influence of continuous driving on the motion activity of vehicle drivers -- III. Sea Transport -- Human performance in seafaring -- Stress factors and countermeasures in navigation -- Ship of the future: human problems and performance -- Accidents on board merchant ships -- Sleep data sampled from the crew of a merchant marine ship -- IV; Special Reviews -- Transport operators as responsible persons in stressful situations -- Stress response as a function of age and sex -- Drugs and transport operations -- Mechanical vibration in transport operations -- V. Methods -- Continuous electrophysiological recording -- Dimensions of flight crew performance decrements: methodological implications for field research -- Methodology in workstress studies.
    Abstract: The widespread interest in "stressful" aspects of contemporary society which contribute to its burden of illness and diseases (e.g. gastro intestinal, cardiovascular) has led to a large number of state­ ments and reports which relate the manifestations to a maladaptation of the individual. Furthermore, recent research suggests that under some condi tions stress may have a more generalized effect of decreasing the body's ability to combat destructive forces and expose it to a variety of diseases. Breakdown in adaptation occurs when an individual cannot cope with demands inherent in his environment. These may be due to an excessive mental or physical load, including factors of a social or psychological nature and task performance requirements ranging from those which are monotonous, simple and repetitive to complex, fast, decision-taking ones. Experience shows however that not all people placed under the same condi tions suffer similarly, and it follows that to the social and psychological environment should be added a genetic factor influencing, through the brain, the responses of individuals. It is clear that, besides human suffering, this "breakdown in adaptation" causes massive losses of revenue to industry and national health authorities. Thus a reduction in "stress", before "breakdown" occurs, or an improvement in coping with it would be very valuable.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 - Psychological and Sociological Parameters for Studies of Breakdown in Human AdaptationI. General Overviews -- Towards a taxonomy of methods: a general overview of psychological approaches in the study of breakdown of human adaptation -- Psychological field study techniques: overview and needs -- Psychological field study techniques: a critical evaluation -- Sociological parameters in studies of breakdown: a selective overview -- Use of psychological indices in epidemiological studies: overview and needs -- Stressful life events and illness: a review with special reference to a criticism of the life-event method -- II. Conceptual Approaches -- A lifetime prospective study of human adaptation and health -- Psychosocial and psychophysiological factors in the design and the evaluation of working conditions within health care systems -- The relation of social to pathophysiological processes: evidence from epidemiological studies -- Unemployment and health: a review of methodology -- Ontogenetic development and breakdown in adaptation: a review on psychosocial factors contributing to the development of myocardial infarction, and a description of a research program -- Physiological issues in establishing links between psychosocial factors and cardiovascular illness -- White collar occupation and coronary prone behaviour -- III. Methods -- Psychological methods: an overview of clinical applications -- Psychological factors in the breakdown of human adaptation: some methodological issues -- Monitoring signs of decrease in human adaptation: use of quantitative measures available in official statistics -- Inventory of stressful life-events (ILE) -- The Norwegian female climacteric project (VOS) -- Questionnaire for organisational stress (VOS) -- A scale for measuring the marital relationship among males -- 2 - Human Performance and Breakdown in Adaptation -- Human performance in transport operations: introductory remarks -- I. Air Transport -- Air crew workload -- Safety, individual performance and mental workload in air transport: Oedipus as Icarus -- Stress management in air transport operations: beyond alcohol and drugs -- Reasons for eliminating the “age 60” regulation for airline pilots -- Human factors education in European air transport operations -- II. Road Transport -- Behaviour research in road traffic -- Some theoretical considerations on accident research -- Accident of bus drivers - practical and methodological problems -- Effects of alcohol on driving performance: a critical look on the epidemiological, experimental and psychosocial approaches -- Investigations on the influence of continuous driving on the motion activity of vehicle drivers -- III. Sea Transport -- Human performance in seafaring -- Stress factors and countermeasures in navigation -- Ship of the future: human problems and performance -- Accidents on board merchant ships -- Sleep data sampled from the crew of a merchant marine ship -- IV; Special Reviews -- Transport operators as responsible persons in stressful situations -- Stress response as a function of age and sex -- Drugs and transport operations -- Mechanical vibration in transport operations -- V. Methods -- Continuous electrophysiological recording -- Dimensions of flight crew performance decrements: methodological implications for field research -- Methodology in workstress studies.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955622
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I Theoretical -- 1 Introduction -- 2 Gas adsorption -- 3 Adsorption isotherms -- 4 Langmuir and BET theories -- 5 The single point BET method -- 6 Adsorbate cross-sectional areas -- 7 Other surface area methods -- 8 Pore analysis by adsorption -- 9 Microporosity -- 10 Theory of wetting and capillarity for mercury porosimetry -- 11 Interpretation of mercury porosimetry data -- 12 Hysteresis, entrapment, and contact angle -- II Experimental -- 13 Adsorption measurements-Preliminaries -- 14 Vacuum volumetric measurements -- 15 Dynamic methods -- 16 Other flow methods -- 17 Gravimetric method -- 18 Comparison of experimental adsorption methods -- 19 Chemisorption -- 20 Mercury porosimetry -- 21 Density measurement -- References.
    Abstract: The rapid growth of interest in powders and their surface properties in many diverse industries prompted the writing of this book for those who have the need to make meaningful measurements without the benefit of years of experience. It is intended as an introduction to some of the elementary theory and experimental methods used to study the surface area, porosity and density of powders. It may be found useful by those with little or no training in solid surfaces who have the need to quickly learn the rudiments of surface area, density and pore-size measurements. Syosset, New York S. Lowell May, 1983 J. E. Shields Xl List of symbols Use of symbols for purposes other than those indicated in the following list are so defined in the text. Some symbols not shown in this list are defined in the text. d adsorbate cross-sectional area A area; condensation coefficient; collision frequency C BET constant c concentration D diameter; coefficient of thermal diffusion E adsorption potential f permeability aspect factor F flow rate; force; feed rate 9 gravitational constant G Gibbs free energy GS free surface energy h heat of immersion per unit area; height H enthalpy Hi heat of immersion Hsv heat of adsorption BET intercept; filament current k thermal conductivity; specific reaction rate K Harkins-Jura constant I length L heat of liquefaction M mass M molecular weight n number of moles N number of molecules; number of particles N Avagadro's number .
    Description / Table of Contents: I Theoretical1 Introduction -- 2 Gas adsorption -- 3 Adsorption isotherms -- 4 Langmuir and BET theories -- 5 The single point BET method -- 6 Adsorbate cross-sectional areas -- 7 Other surface area methods -- 8 Pore analysis by adsorption -- 9 Microporosity -- 10 Theory of wetting and capillarity for mercury porosimetry -- 11 Interpretation of mercury porosimetry data -- 12 Hysteresis, entrapment, and contact angle -- II Experimental -- 13 Adsorption measurements-Preliminaries -- 14 Vacuum volumetric measurements -- 15 Dynamic methods -- 16 Other flow methods -- 17 Gravimetric method -- 18 Comparison of experimental adsorption methods -- 19 Chemisorption -- 20 Mercury porosimetry -- 21 Density measurement -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955769
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Signals, systems and communications -- Communication signals -- Communication channels -- Communication Networks -- Telecommunications Worldwide -- 2 Signal representation and analysis -- The time domain -- The frequency domain -- Fourier series analysis -- Frequency domain representation of aperiodic signals -- Fourier transforms -- Frequency domain representation for signals of arbitrary waveshape -- Amplitude distribution of signals -- 3 Sinusoidal carrier modulation -- Amplitude modulation -- Angle modulation -- Frequency division multiplexing -- 4 Radio receiver principles -- Tuned radio frequency (TRF) receiver -- Superheterodyne (superhet) receivers -- 5 Pulse modulation systems -- Pulse amplitude modulation -- Other pulse modulation schemes -- Time division multiplexing -- 6 Pulse code modulation -- Quantization -- Sampling and pulse encoding -- Non-uniform quantization -- Differential pulse code modulation -- PCM-TDM telephony -- 7 Digital communications -- Digital transmission -- The eye diagram -- Signal design -- Error probability -- Coding for digital transmission -- Digital modulation -- 8 Systems case studies -- Broadcast FM radio -- Television systems -- Videotex systems -- Appendix: Decibels -- Answers to Numerical Problems.
    Abstract: This book provides a first introduction to the subject of telecommunications suit­ able for first and second year undergraduates following degree or similar courses in electronic engineering. There are very few specific prerequisites other than a general background in electric circuit principles and a level of mathematical maturity consistent with entry to engineering courses in British universities. The intention is to provide a broad perspective of modern telecommunication principles and applications. Following a general overview of telecommunications, a thorough, albeit introductory, treatment is provided of underlying principles such as signal representation and analysis, sampling, analogue and digital trans­ of several mission, modulation and coding. The book concludes with a description important systems applications which serve as case studies to illustrate further the principles introduced and demonstrate their application in a practical context. Many people have contributed, directly and indirectly, to this book. I am espe­ cially grateful to Professor Kel Fidler of the Open University for suggesting that I write the book and for the support and guidance he has provided throughout the endeavour. The Telecommunications Research Group of the Department of Elec­ trical Engineering Science at the University of Essex has provided a stimulating environment in which to develop my appreciation of telecommunication systems and in particular Professor Ken Cattermole has influenced my thinking greatly.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Signals, systems and communicationsCommunication signals -- Communication channels -- Communication Networks -- Telecommunications Worldwide -- 2 Signal representation and analysis -- The time domain -- The frequency domain -- Fourier series analysis -- Frequency domain representation of aperiodic signals -- Fourier transforms -- Frequency domain representation for signals of arbitrary waveshape -- Amplitude distribution of signals -- 3 Sinusoidal carrier modulation -- Amplitude modulation -- Angle modulation -- Frequency division multiplexing -- 4 Radio receiver principles -- Tuned radio frequency (TRF) receiver -- Superheterodyne (superhet) receivers -- 5 Pulse modulation systems -- Pulse amplitude modulation -- Other pulse modulation schemes -- Time division multiplexing -- 6 Pulse code modulation -- Quantization -- Sampling and pulse encoding -- Non-uniform quantization -- Differential pulse code modulation -- PCM-TDM telephony -- 7 Digital communications -- Digital transmission -- The eye diagram -- Signal design -- Error probability -- Coding for digital transmission -- Digital modulation -- 8 Systems case studies -- Broadcast FM radio -- Television systems -- Videotex systems -- Appendix: Decibels -- Answers to Numerical Problems.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    ISBN: 9789401168250
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (227 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: The economic crisis and the social security -- Synthesis reports -- The financing of social security -- Pensions -- Le droit à la santé à l’épreuve de la crise économique -- Le chômage -- Family allowances and minimum income -- Sécurité sociale et insécurité économique -- National reports -- Rapport allemand -- Rapport autrichien -- Rapport belge -- Dutch report -- Rapport espagnol -- Rapport français -- Rapport grec -- Rapport italien -- Norvegian report -- Rapport suédois.
    Description / Table of Contents: The economic crisis and the social securitySynthesis reports -- The financing of social security -- Pensions -- Le droit à la santé à l’épreuve de la crise économique -- Le chômage -- Family allowances and minimum income -- Sécurité sociale et insécurité économique -- National reports -- Rapport allemand -- Rapport autrichien -- Rapport belge -- Dutch report -- Rapport espagnol -- Rapport français -- Rapport grec -- Rapport italien -- Norvegian report -- Rapport suédois.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401159890
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1A General remarks -- 1B Classification of organisms -- 1C Lipid nomenclature -- 2 Major Lipid Types in Plants and Micro-Organisms -- 2A Fatty acids -- 2B Acyl lipids -- 2C Terpenoids -- 2D Sterols -- 2E Other lipid types -- 2F Ether lipids -- 3 Distribution of Lipids -- 3A Lipid distributions in different organisms and their use in taxonomy -- 3B Subcellular distribution of lipids -- 3C Intramembrane lipid distribution -- 3D Subcellular fractionation and membrane isolation -- 3E Factors affecting the lipid composition of plants and microorganisms -- 4 Biosynthesis -- 4A Fatty acids -- 4B Acyl lipids -- 4C Terpenoids and steroids -- 4D Complex lipids -- 4E Ether lipids -- 5 Degradation -- 5A Degradation of acyl lipids -- 5B Oxidation of fatty acids -- 6 Lipid Functions -- 6A Membrane structure and function -- 6B Storage -- 6C Microbial lipids as virulence factors -- 6D Conclusion -- Further reading.
    Abstract: This short text is designed to provide basic information about plant and microbial lipids not only for scientists working in the microbiological and plant fields, but for anyone wanting a concise introduction to this aspect of lipid biochemistry. We have long been aware that standard biochemistry books tend to. concentrate (sometimes exclusively) on animal lipids, thus neglecting many of the important and special features of other organisms. It is not our intention that the book should be comprehensive and we have not, for instance, provided complete lists of lipid compositions of all plants and bacterial species; a number of excellent specialist texts exist and many of these are listed for further reading. Instead we have sought to provide sufficient information for an advanced undergraduate or a research student to give them a 'feel' for the subject. By a combination of generalisation and the use of examples of special interest we hope the book will whet the appetite of the reader so that, by their own research, they are stimulated to discover and, perhaps, answer some of the fascinating questions concerning plant and microbial lipids. We trust that we shall succeed in these aims, even if that will mean more competition for research funds in our own fields! J. L. HARWOOD N. J. RUSSELL November 1983 Acknowledgements Our research careers have been devoted to a study of lipids: we have no regrets and are happy to acknowledge Professors J. N.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1A General remarks -- 1B Classification of organisms -- 1C Lipid nomenclature -- 2 Major Lipid Types in Plants and Micro-Organisms -- 2A Fatty acids -- 2B Acyl lipids -- 2C Terpenoids -- 2D Sterols -- 2E Other lipid types -- 2F Ether lipids -- 3 Distribution of Lipids -- 3A Lipid distributions in different organisms and their use in taxonomy -- 3B Subcellular distribution of lipids -- 3C Intramembrane lipid distribution -- 3D Subcellular fractionation and membrane isolation -- 3E Factors affecting the lipid composition of plants and microorganisms -- 4 Biosynthesis -- 4A Fatty acids -- 4B Acyl lipids -- 4C Terpenoids and steroids -- 4D Complex lipids -- 4E Ether lipids -- 5 Degradation -- 5A Degradation of acyl lipids -- 5B Oxidation of fatty acids -- 6 Lipid Functions -- 6A Membrane structure and function -- 6B Storage -- 6C Microbial lipids as virulence factors -- 6D Conclusion -- Further reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955745
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Infant enzyme chemistry -- 2. The mechanistic basis of enzyme catalysis -- 3. Chemical models of coenzyme catalyses -- 4. Selectivity in synthesis — chemicals or enzymes -- 5. Enzymes as targets for drug design -- 6. Metal ions in biological systems -- 7. Enzyme-level studies of the biosynthesis of natural products -- 8. The impact of enzymology in biochemistry and beyond.
    Abstract: In the molecular sciences, enzyme chemistry occupies a special niche as one of the major contact points between chemical and biological disciplines. The special properties of enzymes as selective and efficient catalysts are so central to current challenges to chemists that the development of enzyme chemistry in the past thirty years has been a major stimulus to chemical research in general. On the one hand studies of the intrinsic properties of enzymes and, on the other hand, their applications to synthesis, drug design, and biosynthesis have had an immense impact. This book brings together in one volume essays describing several such fields with emphasis on the applications. It would be unnecessarily repetitious to outline the approach and contents of the book in a Preface; the first short chapter is more eloquent than a formal Preface can be. I shall therefore encourage you to begin with the Introduction in Chapter 1 and here I wish to extend my warm thanks to those who have contributed to the production of this book: the authors for their acceptance of the overall concept of the book and for the thoughtfulness of their writing; Dr Charles Suckling, FRS and Professor Hamish Wood for their constructive criticism of the whole book; and Dr John Buckingham and his colleagues at Chapman and Hall for their efficiency and enthusiasm in transforming the typescripts into the book that you now hold. Colin J. Suckling University of Strathclyde Contributors Donald H.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Infant enzyme chemistry2. The mechanistic basis of enzyme catalysis -- 3. Chemical models of coenzyme catalyses -- 4. Selectivity in synthesis - chemicals or enzymes -- 5. Enzymes as targets for drug design -- 6. Metal ions in biological systems -- 7. Enzyme-level studies of the biosynthesis of natural products -- 8. The impact of enzymology in biochemistry and beyond.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955523
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 196 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: This text is concerned with those aspects of mathematics that are necessary for first-degree students of chemistry. It is written from the point of view that an element of mathematical rigour is essential for a proper appreciation of the scope and limitations of mathematical methods, and that the connection between physical principles and their mathematical formulation requires at least as much study as the mathematical principles themselves. It is written with chemistry students particularly in mind because that subject provides a point of view that differs in some respects from that of students of other scientific disciplines. Chemists in particular need insight into three­ dimensional geometry and an appreciation of problems involving many variables. It is also a subject that draws particular benefit from having available two rigorous disciplines, those of mathematics and of thermodynamics. The benefit of rigour is that it provides a degree of certainty which is valuable in a subject of such complexity as is provided by the behaviour of real chemical systems. As an experimen­ tal science, we attempt in chemistry to understand and to predict behaviour by combining precise experimental measurement with such rigorous theory as may be at the time available; these seldom provide a complete picture but do enable areas of uncertainty to be identified
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Algebraic and geometrical methods1.1 Natural numbers -- 1.2 Units and dimensional analysis -- 1.3 Functional notation -- 1.4 Quadratic and higher-order equations -- 1.5 Dependent and independent variables -- 1.6 Graphical methods -- 1.7 Some geometrical methods -- 1.8 Factorials and gamma functions -- 1.9 Probability -- 1.10 Complex numbers -- 2 Differential calculus -- 2.1 Significance and notation -- 2.2 The calculus limit -- 2.3 Differentiation of simple functions -- 2.4 The use of differentials; implicit differentiation -- 2.5 Logarithms and exponentials -- 2.6 The chain rule and differentiation by substitution -- 2.7 Turning points: maxima, minima and points of inflection -- 2.8 Maxima and minima subject to constraint; Lagrange’s method of undetermined multipliers -- 2.9 Series -- 2.10 The evaluation of limits by L’Hôpital’s rule -- 2.11 The principles of Newtonian mechanics -- 3 Differential calculus in three or more dimensions; partial differentiation -- 3.1 Significance and notation -- 3.2 An alternative approach to calculus -- 3.3 The total differential -- 3.4 General expression for a total differential -- 3.5 Exact differentials -- 3.6 Relations between partial derivatives -- 3.7 Extensive and intensive variables; Euler’s theorem -- 3.8 Taylor’s theorem in partial derivatives -- 3.9 Vectors -- 4 Integration -- 4.1 Significance and notation -- 4.2 Standard methods of integration -- 4.3 Standard forms of integral and numerical methods -- 4.4 Multiple integration -- 4.5 Differentiation of integrals; Leibnitz’s theorem -- 4.6 The Euler-Maclaurin Theorem -- 5 Applications of integration -- 5.1 Plane area -- 5.2 Plane elements of area -- 5.3 Elements of volume; polar coordinates in three dimensions -- 5.4 Line integrals -- 5.5 Curve length by integration -- 5.6 Applications of multiple integration -- 5.7 The calculus of variations -- 5.8 Generalized dynamics -- 6 Differential equations -- 6.1 Significance and notation -- 6.2 Equations of first order, first degree -- 6.3 Linear differential equations -- 6.4 Integral transforms -- 7 Experimental error and the method of least squares -- 7.1 Significance -- 7.2 Root-mean-square error -- 7.3 Distribution of error -- 7.4 The statistical analysis of experimental data -- 7.5 Propagation of error -- 7.6 Small-sample errors -- 7.7 The normal distribution of error -- 7.8 The method of least squares -- Appendix SI units, physical constants and conversion factors; the Greek alphabet and a summary of useful relations -- Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955424
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Carotenoid-Protein Complexes -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Carotenolipo (glyco) proteins -- 1.3 Carotenoproteins -- 1.4 Nature of bonding of pigments to apoproteins -- 1.5 References -- 2. Porifera -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Nature and distribution -- 2.3 Source of sponge carotenoids -- 2.4 Chemosystematics of sponge carotenoids -- 2.5 References -- 3. Coelenterates -- 3.1 Class Hydrozoa -- 3.2 Class Scyphozoa -- 3.3 Class Anthozoa -- 3.4 References -- 4. Echinodermata, Annelida, Sipunculida, Priapulida, Platyhelminthes and Bryozoa -- 4.1 Echinodermata -- 4.2 Annelida -- 4.3 Sipunculida -- 4.4 Priapulida -- 4.5 Platyhelminthes -- 4.6 Bryozoa -- 4.7 Formation and metabolism -- 4.8 References -- 5. Mollusca -- 5.1 Pelecypoda (Bivalvia, Lamellibranchia, Acephala) -- 5.2 Gastropoda -- 5.3 Amphineura -- 5.4 Cephalopoda -- 5.5 Function of carotenoids -- 5.6 References -- 6. Crustacea -- 6.1 Nature and distribution -- 6.2 Localization -- 6.3 Metabolism -- 6.4 Hormonal control of pigmentation -- 6.5 Sexual dimorphism -- 6.6 Colour variants -- 6.7 Environmental and ecological considerations -- 6.8 Crowding -- 6.9 Parasitization -- 6.10 Function -- 6.11 References -- 7. Arachnids and Insects -- 7.1 Arachnida -- 7.2 Insecta -- 7.3 Function -- 7.4 References -- 8. Tunicates and Fish -- 8.1 Tunicates -- 8.2 Fish -- 8.3 References -- 9. Amphibia and Reptiles -- 9.1 Amphibia -- 9.2 Reptiles -- 9.3 References -- 10. Birds -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Distribution -- 10.3 Formation -- 10.4 Metabolism -- 10.5 Function -- 10.6 Coloration of poultry foods -- 10.7 References -- 11. Mammals -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Carotenoid accumulators -- 11.3 Non-accumulators -- 11.4 Conversion of carotenoids into Vitamin A -- 11.5 References -- General Index -- Species Index.
    Abstract: des Plantes (Hermann, Paris), and in 1935 by Lederer's Les Carotenoides des Animaux (Hermann, Paris). Since then a survey such as the present one has not appeared. In order to present a full picture, much of the pre-1934 work has been reconsidered and, as far as is known, every important contribution which has appeared since that date has been discussed. Two peripheral aspects ofthe subject have, however, been omitted, namely (a) the qualita­ tive and quantitative changes which the carotenoids of plant materials undergo in storage or during processing into food and (b) the carotene (pro-vitamin A) requirements of different animal species; it was felt that the former, about which a great deal has been written, was too technological to be suitable for inclusion in the present volume, whilst the latter is more suitable for a monograph on vitamin A. The very wide distribution of the carotenoids in Nature suggests that, in spite of the superficially diverse functions ascribed to them in different living tissues, there may be some factor or property through which all these functions will eventually be correlated; any suggestion as to the nature of this common property can perhaps come most readily from a comparative approach. Apart from critically surveying the literature this book has been constructed so as to focus attention on comparative data and their possible implications.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Carotenoid-Protein Complexes1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Carotenolipo (glyco) proteins -- 1.3 Carotenoproteins -- 1.4 Nature of bonding of pigments to apoproteins -- 1.5 References -- 2. Porifera -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Nature and distribution -- 2.3 Source of sponge carotenoids -- 2.4 Chemosystematics of sponge carotenoids -- 2.5 References -- 3. Coelenterates -- 3.1 Class Hydrozoa -- 3.2 Class Scyphozoa -- 3.3 Class Anthozoa -- 3.4 References -- 4. Echinodermata, Annelida, Sipunculida, Priapulida, Platyhelminthes and Bryozoa -- 4.1 Echinodermata -- 4.2 Annelida -- 4.3 Sipunculida -- 4.4 Priapulida -- 4.5 Platyhelminthes -- 4.6 Bryozoa -- 4.7 Formation and metabolism -- 4.8 References -- 5. Mollusca -- 5.1 Pelecypoda (Bivalvia, Lamellibranchia, Acephala) -- 5.2 Gastropoda -- 5.3 Amphineura -- 5.4 Cephalopoda -- 5.5 Function of carotenoids -- 5.6 References -- 6. Crustacea -- 6.1 Nature and distribution -- 6.2 Localization -- 6.3 Metabolism -- 6.4 Hormonal control of pigmentation -- 6.5 Sexual dimorphism -- 6.6 Colour variants -- 6.7 Environmental and ecological considerations -- 6.8 Crowding -- 6.9 Parasitization -- 6.10 Function -- 6.11 References -- 7. Arachnids and Insects -- 7.1 Arachnida -- 7.2 Insecta -- 7.3 Function -- 7.4 References -- 8. Tunicates and Fish -- 8.1 Tunicates -- 8.2 Fish -- 8.3 References -- 9. Amphibia and Reptiles -- 9.1 Amphibia -- 9.2 Reptiles -- 9.3 References -- 10. Birds -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Distribution -- 10.3 Formation -- 10.4 Metabolism -- 10.5 Function -- 10.6 Coloration of poultry foods -- 10.7 References -- 11. Mammals -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Carotenoid accumulators -- 11.3 Non-accumulators -- 11.4 Conversion of carotenoids into Vitamin A -- 11.5 References -- General Index -- Species Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401577014
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 182 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The nature of viruses -- 2 Exposure to viruses and some consequences -- 3 Viruses associated with invertebrates -- 4 Viruses and the terrestrial environment -- 5 Viruses in aquatic environments -- 6 Strategies of virus maintenance in communities -- Conclusion -- References -- Author Index.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The nature of viruses2 Exposure to viruses and some consequences -- 3 Viruses associated with invertebrates -- 4 Viruses and the terrestrial environment -- 5 Viruses in aquatic environments -- 6 Strategies of virus maintenance in communities -- Conclusion -- References -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401537209
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 420 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Nuclear engineering. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: When we first contemplated a book on this subject we were faced with a number of options: (a) to write it all ourselves, which would have had the merit of internal consistency and continuity of style; (b) to produce a collection of existing papers. which would have given us expert views in the various sub-fields of the economics of nuclear energy and would have put us in the position of knowing from the start exactly what the authors' contribu­ tions would be: (c) to commission contributions from individual specialists, chapter by chapter; or (d) some combination of these options. We settled for the last - we have written some of the material ourselves, have obtained permission to use some existing papers that seem to us to be valuable contributions to the subject, and have been fortunate in persuading a number of eminent people in their fields to produce papers especially for the book. This has given us a great deal of work and taken up more time than we planned for but we believe the result justifies this time and effort. It enabled us to design a structure for the book from the outset, recognizing that there are several aspects to the economics of nuclear energy - especially if we take a broad view of what is embraced by the word 'economics'.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    ISBN: 9789400969698
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (508p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Analecta Husserliana, The Yearbook of Phenomenological Research 14
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Phenomenology ; Anthropology ; Science—Philosophy.
    Abstract: I The Phenomenology of Man in Interdisciplinary Communication -- Inaugural Essay -- Can Fictional Narratives Be True? -- The Phenomenology of Man and of the Human Condition in Communication with the Human Sciences -- On the Impact of the Human Sciences on Our Conception of Man and Society -- The Question of the Unity of the Human Sciences Revisited -- ‘Cognition and Work’ -- Scheler’s Shadow on Us -- II Nature Retrieved -- Inaugural Essay -- Natural Spontaneity in the Translating Continuity of Beingness -- 1. Nature and the Expanding Self -- Transcendence and Evil -- Nature and Man in Edmund Husserl’s ‘Inner Historiography’ -- Man and Nature: Bearings, Resources -- The Relation between Man and World: A Transcendental-Anthropological Problem -- Les antitheses de la communication et leur influence sur l’etiologie des maladies -- 2. Nature, Life, World, Culture -- Life and Culture in the Analysis of the Relationship between Man and Nature -- La realisation du projet Husserlien de “monde naturel” selon Jan PatoSka -- Man-in-Nature as a Phenomenological Datum -- Nature and Man -- Humanity, Nature, and Respect for Law -- The Immersion in Transcendence of Man from Nature -- 3. Nature and Mimesis -- Le retrait de la metaphore -- Nature and Human Nature in Literary Contexts -- Creative Consciousness and the Natural World in Virginia Woolf’s The Waves -- Nature and Feeling: The Constitutive and the Subjective -- III Man, Nature and The Possible Worlds -- The Phenomenological Conception of the Possible Worlds and the Creative Function of Man -- Creativity and the Method of the Sciences: A Problematic Issue in Husserl’s Phenomenology -- Husserl and the Logic of Questions -- The Challenge of Philosophical Anthropology -- Back to Nature Itself! -- La connaissance du monde de l’art -- Annex Documents Illustrating the History of The World Phenomenology Institute and of Its Three International Societies: The International Husserl and Phenomenological Research Society, The International Society for Phenomenology and Literature, The International Society for Phenomenology and the Human Sciences, and of The Boston Forum for the Interdisciplinary Phenomenology of Man, during the first decade of their research work (1968–1978) -- Index of Names.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401160353
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: The characteristics of living things -- The differences between animals and plants -- The cell -- Cell division -- Animal classification -- The origins and interrelationships of animals -- Animals and their environment -- Phylum Protozoa -- Amoeba: a protozoan of simple structure -- A general consideration of protozoan structure -- Euglena: a ‘plant-like’ protozoan -- Paramecium: a complex protozoan -- Monocystis and Plasmodium: parasitic Protozoa -- The classification of the Protozoa -- Protozoan diversity -- Synopsis of the Protozoa -- Phylum Porifera -- The Radiata -- Phylum Cnidaria -- Hydra: an example of a polyp -- Obelia: a representative hydrozoan -- Characteristics of the Cnidaria -- Class Scyphozoa -- A urelia: a representative scyphozoan -- Class Anthozoa -- Actinia: a representative anthozoan -- Cnidarian classification and diversity -- Synopsis of phylum Cnidaria -- Phylum Ctenophora -- The acoelomate bilateral phyla -- Phylum Platyhelminthes -- Class Turbellaria -- The planarians: examples of free-living platyhelminths -- Characteristics of the Platyhelminthes -- Class Trematoda -- Structure of a generalized trematode -- Trematode life cycles -- Order Monogenea: Polystomum -- Order Digenea: Fasciola -- Class Cestoda -- Subclass Eucestoda: Taenia -- Synopsis of phylum Platyhelminthes -- Phylum Nemertinea -- Phylum Mesozoa -- Phylum Gnathostomulida -- Animal body cavities -- The pseudocoelomate phyla -- Super phylum Aschelminthes -- Phylum Nematoda: Ascaris -- Minor pseudocoelomate phyla -- Phylum Rotifera -- Phylum Gastrotricha -- Phylum Kinorhyncha -- Phylum Nematomorpha -- Phylum Acanthocephala -- Phylum Annelida -- to the coelomate animals and metamerism -- Class Polychaeta: Nereis -- Arenicola marina -- Polychaete diversity -- Class Oligochaeta: Lumbricus terrestris -- Earthworms and the soil -- Class Hirudinea: Hirudo medicinalis -- Hirudinean diversity -- Synopsis of phylum Annelida -- Phylum Arthropode -- to the Arthropoda -- Synopsis of the phylum Arthropoda -- Subphylum Crustacea -- Astacus -- Crustacean diversity and classification -- Class Branchiopoda -- Class Ostracoda -- Class Copepoda -- Class Cirripedia -- Classes Mystacocarida and Branchiura -- Class Malacostraca -- Synopsis of the subphylum Crustacea -- Successful land arthropods -- Subphylum Uniramia -- Class Insecta -- Locusta: the locust -- Periplaneta: the cockroach -- Metamorphosis -- Insect diversity -- Insect social organization -- Synopsis of the main insect orders -- The myriapodous arthropoda -- Class Chilopoda: the centipedes -- Class Diplopoda: the millipedes -- Class Symphyla -- Class Pauropoda -- The chelicerate arthropods -- Class Merostomata: Limulus -- Class Arachnida: Araneus -- Arachnid diversity -- Class Pycnogonida -- Synopsis of subphylum Chelicerata -- Primitive arthropods -- Subphylum Trilobitomorpha -- Phylum Onychophora: Peripatus -- Phylum Mollusca -- The molluscan plan: a hypothetical ancestor -- Molluscan larvae -- Primitive living molluscs: Class Monoplacophora: Neopilina -- Class Polyplacophora -- The major mollusc classes -- Class Gastropoda: Helix -- Gastropod diversity -- Subclass Prosobranchia -- Subclass Opisthobranchia -- Subclass Pulmonata -- Synopsis of class Gastropoda -- Class Bivalvia: Mythus edulis -- Bivalve diversity -- Subclass Protobranchia -- Subclass Lamellibranchia -- Subclass Septibranchia -- Freshwater bivalves -- Synopsis of class Bivalvia -- Two minor mollusc classes -- Class Scaphopoda -- Class Aplacophora -- Class Cephalopoda: Sepia -- Cephalopod diversity -- Synopsis of class Cephalopoda -- Early embryonic development: the protostomes and deuterostomes -- The minor coelomate phyla -- to the minor coelomate phyla -- The minor protostome coelomates -- Phylum Priapuloidea -- Phylum Sipunculoidea -- Phylum Echiuroidea -- Phylum Pogonophora -- Phylum Tardigrada -- Phylum Pentastomida -- The lophophorate phyla -- Phylum Bryozoa (also known as Ectoprocta or Polyzoa) -- Bryozoan diversity -- Phylum Brachiopoda -- Phylum Entoprocta -- Phylum Phoronida -- The invertebrate deuterostomes -- Phylum Echinodermata -- Class Asteroidea: Asterias -- Echinoderm diversity -- Class Ophiuroidea: Ophiothrix -- Class Echinoidea: Echinus -- The minor echinoderm classes -- Class Holothuroidea -- Class Crinoidea -- Echinoderm relationships -- Synopsis of the Echinodermata -- The minor deuterostome phyla -- Phylum Chaetognatha -- Phylum Hemichordata -- Class Enteropneusta -- Class Pterobranchia -- Phylum Chordata -- to the phylum Chordata -- Subphylum Urochordata: Ciona -- Urochordate diversity -- Class Ascidiacea -- Class Thaliacea -- Class Larvacea -- Synopsis of subphylum Urochordata -- Subphylum Cephalochordata: Branchiostoma -- Synopsis of the phylum Chordata -- to the subphylum Vertebrata -- Animal body tissues -- Epithelial tissue -- Connective tissues -- Skeletal connective tissue -- Muscular tissue -- Nervous tissue -- Vertebrate organ systems -- The integumentary system -- The skeleto-muscular system -- The digestive system -- The respiratory system -- The circulatory system -- The urinogenital system -- The nervous system -- The endocrine system -- The early development of chordates -- The development of amphioxus -- Vertebrate development -- The development of the frog -- Amniote development -- The development of mammals -- Summary of chordate embryology -- Summary of the fate of the primary germ layers -- Vertebrate diversity -- Class Agnatha -- Lampetra -- Agnathan diversity -- The living Agnatha -- Fossil agnathans: the ostracoderms -- Synopsis of the class Agnatha -- to the gnathostomes -- Class Elasmobranchiomorphii -- Subclass Chondrichthyes: Scyliorhinus -- Chondrichthyan diversity -- Living forms -- Fossil elasmobranchs -- Synopsis of Class Elasmobranchiomorphii -- Class Teleostomi (Osteichthyes) -- Salmo -- Telestome diversity -- The Actinopterygii -- Subclass Sarcopterygii -- Synopsis of the class Teleostomi -- to the tetrapods: the pentadactyl limb -- Class Amphibia -- Rana -- Amphibian diversity -- Order Urodela -- Order Anura -- Order Apoda -- The fossil Amphibia: Subclasses Labyrinthodontia and Lepospondyli -- Synopsis of the class Amphibia -- to the amniotes -- Class Reptilia -- Lacerta -- Reptile diversity -- Living reptiles -- Fossil reptiles -- Synopsis of the class Reptilia -- Class Aves -- Columba -- Bird diversity -- Synopsis of the class Aves -- Class Mammalia -- Rattus -- Mammalian diversity -- Subclass Prototheria (the monotremes) -- Subclass Theria -- Infraclass Metatheria: the marsupials -- Infraclass Eutheria -- Order Insectivora -- Order Chiroptera -- The carnivorous mammals -- The small herbivorous mammals -- The large herbivores -- The subungulates -- Some minor mammalian orders -- Order Primates -- Synopsis of the class Mammalia.
    Abstract: This book has been written with two main purposes in mind, page. At the same time animals show immense variation the first being to give a general review of the entire animal and none is truly typical. Some idea of the immense variety kingdom, and the second to give more detailed functional of animals is given in the diversity sections, with a synopsis accounts of the anatomy of a representative of each major of the classification of each major phylum. animal group. It is intended to be used by those who are Zoology has a language of its own, which appears highly interested in animals and does not start with the assumption complicated but in most cases can, in fact, be derived simply of any great zoological knowledge. It is hoped that it will from either Latin or Greek. Translations and derivations prove particularly helpful to those studying biology or have been given of a selection of zoological terms; these zoology at 'A' level, or in the early stages of a university should be regarded as examples. The interested zoologist course. may find the use of a Greek and Latin dictionary rewarding.
    Description / Table of Contents: The characteristics of living thingsThe differences between animals and plants -- The cell -- Cell division -- Animal classification -- The origins and interrelationships of animals -- Animals and their environment -- Phylum Protozoa -- Amoeba: a protozoan of simple structure -- A general consideration of protozoan structure -- Euglena: a ‘plant-like’ protozoan -- Paramecium: a complex protozoan -- Monocystis and Plasmodium: parasitic Protozoa -- The classification of the Protozoa -- Protozoan diversity -- Synopsis of the Protozoa -- Phylum Porifera -- The Radiata -- Phylum Cnidaria -- Hydra: an example of a polyp -- Obelia: a representative hydrozoan -- Characteristics of the Cnidaria -- Class Scyphozoa -- A urelia: a representative scyphozoan -- Class Anthozoa -- Actinia: a representative anthozoan -- Cnidarian classification and diversity -- Synopsis of phylum Cnidaria -- Phylum Ctenophora -- The acoelomate bilateral phyla -- Phylum Platyhelminthes -- Class Turbellaria -- The planarians: examples of free-living platyhelminths -- Characteristics of the Platyhelminthes -- Class Trematoda -- Structure of a generalized trematode -- Trematode life cycles -- Order Monogenea: Polystomum -- Order Digenea: Fasciola -- Class Cestoda -- Subclass Eucestoda: Taenia -- Synopsis of phylum Platyhelminthes -- Phylum Nemertinea -- Phylum Mesozoa -- Phylum Gnathostomulida -- Animal body cavities -- The pseudocoelomate phyla -- Super phylum Aschelminthes -- Phylum Nematoda: Ascaris -- Minor pseudocoelomate phyla -- Phylum Rotifera -- Phylum Gastrotricha -- Phylum Kinorhyncha -- Phylum Nematomorpha -- Phylum Acanthocephala -- Phylum Annelida -- to the coelomate animals and metamerism -- Class Polychaeta: Nereis -- Arenicola marina -- Polychaete diversity -- Class Oligochaeta: Lumbricus terrestris -- Earthworms and the soil -- Class Hirudinea: Hirudo medicinalis -- Hirudinean diversity -- Synopsis of phylum Annelida -- Phylum Arthropode -- to the Arthropoda -- Synopsis of the phylum Arthropoda -- Subphylum Crustacea -- Astacus -- Crustacean diversity and classification -- Class Branchiopoda -- Class Ostracoda -- Class Copepoda -- Class Cirripedia -- Classes Mystacocarida and Branchiura -- Class Malacostraca -- Synopsis of the subphylum Crustacea -- Successful land arthropods -- Subphylum Uniramia -- Class Insecta -- Locusta: the locust -- Periplaneta: the cockroach -- Metamorphosis -- Insect diversity -- Insect social organization -- Synopsis of the main insect orders -- The myriapodous arthropoda -- Class Chilopoda: the centipedes -- Class Diplopoda: the millipedes -- Class Symphyla -- Class Pauropoda -- The chelicerate arthropods -- Class Merostomata: Limulus -- Class Arachnida: Araneus -- Arachnid diversity -- Class Pycnogonida -- Synopsis of subphylum Chelicerata -- Primitive arthropods -- Subphylum Trilobitomorpha -- Phylum Onychophora: Peripatus -- Phylum Mollusca -- The molluscan plan: a hypothetical ancestor -- Molluscan larvae -- Primitive living molluscs: Class Monoplacophora: Neopilina -- Class Polyplacophora -- The major mollusc classes -- Class Gastropoda: Helix -- Gastropod diversity -- Subclass Prosobranchia -- Subclass Opisthobranchia -- Subclass Pulmonata -- Synopsis of class Gastropoda -- Class Bivalvia: Mythus edulis -- Bivalve diversity -- Subclass Protobranchia -- Subclass Lamellibranchia -- Subclass Septibranchia -- Freshwater bivalves -- Synopsis of class Bivalvia -- Two minor mollusc classes -- Class Scaphopoda -- Class Aplacophora -- Class Cephalopoda: Sepia -- Cephalopod diversity -- Synopsis of class Cephalopoda -- Early embryonic development: the protostomes and deuterostomes -- The minor coelomate phyla -- to the minor coelomate phyla -- The minor protostome coelomates -- Phylum Priapuloidea -- Phylum Sipunculoidea -- Phylum Echiuroidea -- Phylum Pogonophora -- Phylum Tardigrada -- Phylum Pentastomida -- The lophophorate phyla -- Phylum Bryozoa (also known as Ectoprocta or Polyzoa) -- Bryozoan diversity -- Phylum Brachiopoda -- Phylum Entoprocta -- Phylum Phoronida -- The invertebrate deuterostomes -- Phylum Echinodermata -- Class Asteroidea: Asterias -- Echinoderm diversity -- Class Ophiuroidea: Ophiothrix -- Class Echinoidea: Echinus -- The minor echinoderm classes -- Class Holothuroidea -- Class Crinoidea -- Echinoderm relationships -- Synopsis of the Echinodermata -- The minor deuterostome phyla -- Phylum Chaetognatha -- Phylum Hemichordata -- Class Enteropneusta -- Class Pterobranchia -- Phylum Chordata -- to the phylum Chordata -- Subphylum Urochordata: Ciona -- Urochordate diversity -- Class Ascidiacea -- Class Thaliacea -- Class Larvacea -- Synopsis of subphylum Urochordata -- Subphylum Cephalochordata: Branchiostoma -- Synopsis of the phylum Chordata -- to the subphylum Vertebrata -- Animal body tissues -- Epithelial tissue -- Connective tissues -- Skeletal connective tissue -- Muscular tissue -- Nervous tissue -- Vertebrate organ systems -- The integumentary system -- The skeleto-muscular system -- The digestive system -- The respiratory system -- The circulatory system -- The urinogenital system -- The nervous system -- The endocrine system -- The early development of chordates -- The development of amphioxus -- Vertebrate development -- The development of the frog -- Amniote development -- The development of mammals -- Summary of chordate embryology -- Summary of the fate of the primary germ layers -- Vertebrate diversity -- Class Agnatha -- Lampetra -- Agnathan diversity -- The living Agnatha -- Fossil agnathans: the ostracoderms -- Synopsis of the class Agnatha -- to the gnathostomes -- Class Elasmobranchiomorphii -- Subclass Chondrichthyes: Scyliorhinus -- Chondrichthyan diversity -- Living forms -- Fossil elasmobranchs -- Synopsis of Class Elasmobranchiomorphii -- Class Teleostomi (Osteichthyes) -- Salmo -- Telestome diversity -- The Actinopterygii -- Subclass Sarcopterygii -- Synopsis of the class Teleostomi -- to the tetrapods: the pentadactyl limb -- Class Amphibia -- Rana -- Amphibian diversity -- Order Urodela -- Order Anura -- Order Apoda -- The fossil Amphibia: Subclasses Labyrinthodontia and Lepospondyli -- Synopsis of the class Amphibia -- to the amniotes -- Class Reptilia -- Lacerta -- Reptile diversity -- Living reptiles -- Fossil reptiles -- Synopsis of the class Reptilia -- Class Aves -- Columba -- Bird diversity -- Synopsis of the class Aves -- Class Mammalia -- Rattus -- Mammalian diversity -- Subclass Prototheria (the monotremes) -- Subclass Theria -- Infraclass Metatheria: the marsupials -- Infraclass Eutheria -- Order Insectivora -- Order Chiroptera -- The carnivorous mammals -- The small herbivorous mammals -- The large herbivores -- The subungulates -- Some minor mammalian orders -- Order Primates -- Synopsis of the class Mammalia.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    ISBN: 9789400969759
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (604p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Analecta Husserliana, The Yearbook of Phenomenological Research 15
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Ethics ; Phenomenology ; Science—Philosophy.
    Abstract: Inaugural Essay -- The Moral Sense: A Discourse on the Phenomenological Foundation of the Social World and of Ethics -- I Phenomenology in an Interdisciplinary Communication with the Human Sciences: Questions of the Method -- A. The Phenomenological Challenge in Sociology -- Phenomenological Methods in Sociological Research -- On the Meaning of ‘Adequacy’ in the Sociology of Alfred Schutz -- Contribution to the Debate: On the Phenomenological Challenge in Sociology -- Twentieth-century Realism and the Autonomy of the Human Sciences: The Case of George Santayana -- Method in Integrative Transformism -- Methodological Neutrality in Pragmatism and Phenomenology -- Contribution to the Debate: Heidegger on Rhetoric -- B. Human Being, World, Cognition -- The Problem of Reality as Seen from the Viewpoint of Existential Phenomenology -- Heidegger’s Transcendental-Phenomenological “Justification” of Science -- Contribution to the Debate: Heidegger’s Theory of Authentic Discourse -- A Descriptive Science of the Pretheoretical World: A Husserlian Theme in Its Historical Context -- Darwin’s Phenomenological Embarrassment and Freud’s Solution -- Contribution to the Debate: Phenomenology and Empiricism -- The Relationship of Theory and Emancipation in Husserl and Habermas -- Contribution to the Debate: Professor Wallulis on Theory and Emancipation -- C. Some Issues for Phenomenology in Epistemology and Philosophy of Religion -- The Reductions and Existence: Bases for Epistemology -- Intersubjectivity and Accessibility -- Once More into the Lion’s Mouth: Another Look at van der Leeuw’s Phenomenology of Religion -- II The Foundations of Morality and the Human Sciences -- A. Foundations of Morality and Nature -- Aground on the Ground of Values: Friedrich Nietzsche -- Man as the Focal Point of Human Science -- On Biologicized Ethics: A Critique of the Biological Approach to the Human Sciences -- B. Foundations of Morality and the Life-World -- The Foundations of Morality and the Human Sciences -- Value and Ideology -- Schutz’s Thesis and the Moral Basis for Humanistic Sociology -- The Moral Crisis of Explanation in the Social Sciences -- C. Science and Morality -- Medicine and the Moral Basis of the Human Sciences -- Heidegger’s Existential Conception of Science -- Philosophy and Psychology Confronted with the Need for a Moral Significance of Life -- Contribution to the Debate: Scientific Psychology and Moral Philosophy in the Knowledge of Human Nature: Two Lines of Research -- Contribution to the Debate: Some Remarks on the Role of Psychology in Man’s Ethical World View -- Emotion and the Good in Moral Development -- The Genesis of Moral Judgment -- D. Morality: From Life-Experience to Moral Concepts -- Surrender to Morality as the Morality of Surrender -- The Socio-philosophical Conception of Kurt H. Wolff -- On Purpose, Obligation, and Transcendental Semantics -- III Phenomenology and the Human Sciences in a Common Approach to “Human Rights” -- Le Primat du théorique à l’égard du normatif chez Husserl -- La Intersubjetividad absoluta en Husserl y el ideal de una sociedad racional -- On Some Contributions of Existential Phenomenology to Sociology of Law: Formalism and Historicism -- Rights, Responsibilities, and Existentialist Ethics -- Elementos para una teoria de la transubjetividad – A la fenomenología de los derechos humanos -- The Person, Basis for Human Rights -- Index of Names.
    Abstract: The essays in this volume constitute a portion of the research program being carried out by the International Society for Phenomenology and the Human Sciences. Established as an affiliate society of the World Institute for Ad­ vanced Phenomenological Research and Learning in 1976, in Arezzo, Italy, by the president of the Institute, Dr Anna-Teresa Tymieniecka, this particular society is devoted to an exploration of the relevance of phenomenological methods and insights for an understanding of the origins and goals of the specialised human sciences. The essays printed in the first part of the book were originally presented at the Second Congress of this society held at Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana, 12-14 July 1979. The second part of the volume consists of selected essays from the third convention (the Eleventh International Congress of Phenomenology of the World Phenomen­ ology Institute) held in Cambridge, Massachusetts in 1981. With the third part of this book we pass into the "Human Rights" issue as treated by the World Phenomenology Institute at the Interamerican Philosophy Congress held in Tallahassee, Florida, also in 1981. The volume opens with a mono­ graph by Anna-Teresa Tymieniecka on the foundations of ethics in the moral practice within the life-world and the social world shown as clearly distinct. The main ideas of this work had been presented by Tymieniecka as lead lectures to the three conferences giving them a tight research-project con­ sistency.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400957756
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Surface activity -- 1.1 Amphipathic molecules -- 1.2 Surface activity in aqueous solution -- 1.3 Adsorption at liquid surfaces -- 1.4 Adsorption at solid surfaces -- 1.5 The wettability of solid surfaces -- 1.6 Modification of the surface properties of solids by adsorbed surfactants -- References -- 2. Phase behaviour of surfactants -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Liquid crystalline phases in binary surfactant systems -- 2.3 Liquid crystalline phases in ternary surfactant systems -- 2.4 Factors affecting phase behaviour -- 2.5 Quaternary phase systems -- References -- 3. Micellization -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Micellar structure -- 3.3 Micellar shape -- 3.4 Polydispersity of micellar size -- 3.5 Factors affecting the CMC and micellar size -- 3.6 Thermodynamics of micelle formation -- 3.7 Kinetics of micelle formation -- 3.8 Non-micellar association -- 3.9 Micelle formation in non-aqueous solvents -- References -- 4. Surface activity and colloidal properties of drugs and naturally occurring substances -- 4.1 Colloidal properties of drugs -- 4.2 Some biological consequences of drug surface activity -- 4.3 Biological relevance of micelle formation by drug molecules -- 4.4 Naturally occurring micelle formers: the bile salts, phospholipids and related systems -- References -- 5. Solubilization -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Experimental methods of studying solubilization -- 5.3 Mobility of solubilizate molecules -- 5.4 Factors influencing solubilization -- 5.5 Effect of solubilizate on micellar properties -- 5.6 Solubilization in non-aqueous solvents -- References -- 6. Pharmaceutical aspects of solubilization -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Solubilization of drugs -- 6.3 Pharmaceutical aspects of solubilization in non-aqueous systems -- 6.4 Solubilization with block co-polymeric surfactants -- 6.5 Polymer-surfactant interactions -- 6.6 Surfactant interactions with oppositely charged species -- 6.7 Hydrotropy in pharmaceutical systems -- References -- 7. Biological implications of surfactant presence in formulation -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Effect of surfactants on dissolution of drugs -- 7.3 Effect of surfactants on membrane permeability -- 7.4 Effect of surfactants on drug absorption -- 7.5 Miscellaneous formulations and the influence of surfactants -- 7.6 Surfactants and antibacterial activity -- 7.7 Utilization of solubilization in drug delivery systems -- References -- 8. Emulsions -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Aspects of emulsion stability -- 8.3 Multiple emulsions -- 8.4 Microemulsions -- 8.5 Viscosity and rheological characteristics of emulsions -- 8.6 Solute disposition in emulsion systems -- 8.7 Biopharmaceutical aspects of emulsions -- References -- 9. Surfactants in suspension systems -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Settling of suspended particles -- 9.3 Suspension stability -- 9.4 Effect of surfactants on the adsorptive capacity of suspensions -- 9.5 Rheological characteristics of suspensions -- 9.6 Crystal changes in suspensions -- 9.7 Bacterial and other cell suspensions -- References -- 10. Aspects of surfactant toxicity -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Metabolism of surfactants -- 10.3 Interactions of surfactants with membranes and membrane components -- 10.4 Toxicology of surfactants -- 10.5 Surfactants and plant systems -- References -- 11. Reactivity in surfactant systems -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Chemistry at interfaces -- 11.3 Micellar reactions -- 11.4 Stability of drugs in surfactant systems -- 11.5 Stability of surfactant systems -- 11.6 Polymerization of surface-active molecules -- 11.7 Some analytical consequences of surfactant presence -- References.
    Abstract: It is now twelve years since Solubilization by Surface-Active Agents appeared. Since the publication of that monograph the subject has expanded rapidly as the unique potential of surfactants has become known to a wider circle of scientists. In a recent review Menger (Accounts of Chemical Research, 12 (1979) 111) estimated that since 1970 there have been over 2800 publications on micelles and micellization alone. The topic of catalysis in micellar media was in an early stage of development in 1968 but the growth in this subject has given rise to an excellent textbook by Fendler and Fendler. We have felt for some time that a revision of Solubilization by Surface-Active Agents was overdue. The book has been out of print for some time. Owing to pressure of other work, Professor P. H. Elworthy and Dr C. B. Macfarlane were unable to undertake the work of revision but while working together on an undergraduate textbook the present authors decided to set to work, realizing both the impossibility of producing a comprehensive textbook and the need to alter the scope of the book. Micellar solubilization occurs over a relatively small surfactant concentration range; because of this and because the phenomenon is never observed in isolation, we have extended the text to include surface activity, emulsions and suspensions and, as our emphasis is on formulation of medicinal products, to the of the toxicology of surface-active agents.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Surface activity1.1 Amphipathic molecules -- 1.2 Surface activity in aqueous solution -- 1.3 Adsorption at liquid surfaces -- 1.4 Adsorption at solid surfaces -- 1.5 The wettability of solid surfaces -- 1.6 Modification of the surface properties of solids by adsorbed surfactants -- References -- 2. Phase behaviour of surfactants -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Liquid crystalline phases in binary surfactant systems -- 2.3 Liquid crystalline phases in ternary surfactant systems -- 2.4 Factors affecting phase behaviour -- 2.5 Quaternary phase systems -- References -- 3. Micellization -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Micellar structure -- 3.3 Micellar shape -- 3.4 Polydispersity of micellar size -- 3.5 Factors affecting the CMC and micellar size -- 3.6 Thermodynamics of micelle formation -- 3.7 Kinetics of micelle formation -- 3.8 Non-micellar association -- 3.9 Micelle formation in non-aqueous solvents -- References -- 4. Surface activity and colloidal properties of drugs and naturally occurring substances -- 4.1 Colloidal properties of drugs -- 4.2 Some biological consequences of drug surface activity -- 4.3 Biological relevance of micelle formation by drug molecules -- 4.4 Naturally occurring micelle formers: the bile salts, phospholipids and related systems -- References -- 5. Solubilization -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Experimental methods of studying solubilization -- 5.3 Mobility of solubilizate molecules -- 5.4 Factors influencing solubilization -- 5.5 Effect of solubilizate on micellar properties -- 5.6 Solubilization in non-aqueous solvents -- References -- 6. Pharmaceutical aspects of solubilization -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Solubilization of drugs -- 6.3 Pharmaceutical aspects of solubilization in non-aqueous systems -- 6.4 Solubilization with block co-polymeric surfactants -- 6.5 Polymer-surfactant interactions -- 6.6 Surfactant interactions with oppositely charged species -- 6.7 Hydrotropy in pharmaceutical systems -- References -- 7. Biological implications of surfactant presence in formulation -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Effect of surfactants on dissolution of drugs -- 7.3 Effect of surfactants on membrane permeability -- 7.4 Effect of surfactants on drug absorption -- 7.5 Miscellaneous formulations and the influence of surfactants -- 7.6 Surfactants and antibacterial activity -- 7.7 Utilization of solubilization in drug delivery systems -- References -- 8. Emulsions -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Aspects of emulsion stability -- 8.3 Multiple emulsions -- 8.4 Microemulsions -- 8.5 Viscosity and rheological characteristics of emulsions -- 8.6 Solute disposition in emulsion systems -- 8.7 Biopharmaceutical aspects of emulsions -- References -- 9. Surfactants in suspension systems -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Settling of suspended particles -- 9.3 Suspension stability -- 9.4 Effect of surfactants on the adsorptive capacity of suspensions -- 9.5 Rheological characteristics of suspensions -- 9.6 Crystal changes in suspensions -- 9.7 Bacterial and other cell suspensions -- References -- 10. Aspects of surfactant toxicity -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Metabolism of surfactants -- 10.3 Interactions of surfactants with membranes and membrane components -- 10.4 Toxicology of surfactants -- 10.5 Surfactants and plant systems -- References -- 11. Reactivity in surfactant systems -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Chemistry at interfaces -- 11.3 Micellar reactions -- 11.4 Stability of drugs in surfactant systems -- 11.5 Stability of surfactant systems -- 11.6 Polymerization of surface-active molecules -- 11.7 Some analytical consequences of surfactant presence -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401169400
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 408 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The Past, Present and Future of the Surface Coatings Industry -- 2 Introduction to Polymer Science -- 3 Vegetable Oils -- 4 Oleoresinous Media -- 5 Alkyd Resin Technology -- 6 Manufacture of Alkyd Resins -- 7 Applications of Alkyd Resins -- 8 Polyesters -- 9 Amino Resins -- 10 Phenolic Resins -- 11 Polyurethane Resins -- 12 Epoxy Resins -- 13 Water Dispersible Epoxy Coatings -- 14 Silicone Resins -- 15 Acrylic Solution Resins -- 16 Emulsion Polymerization Theory -- 17 Emulsion Properties 1: Effect of Monomer Composition -- 18 Emulsion Properties 2: Effect of Water Phase and Particle Size -- 19 Emulsion Properties 3: Film Formation -- 20 Emulsion Polymers: Manufacture and Testing -- 21 Applications of Emulsion Polymers -- 22 Water-Reducible Resins -- 23 Water-Soluble Polymers -- 24 Solvents -- 25 Inorganic Pigments -- 26 Titanium Dioxide Pigments -- 27 Organic Pigments -- 28 Extender Pigments -- 29 Paint Driers -- 30 Paint Additives -- Contributors and Reviewers.
    Abstract: Arising from an examination in 1969 of the education and trammg opportumtles for paint industry technicians, it was recognized that the various courses available at that time did not fully serve their needs. While a few large companies had developed in-house training arrangements, the many medium and smaller fi.rms in the raw material supply, paint manufacturing or paint user industries, were unable to provide their own comprehensive training programs. With a view to improving this situation, an advisory committee comprising ofrepresentatives of the Australian Paint Manufacturers' Federation and the Oil and Colour Chemists' Association Australia was established to liaise directly with the New South Wales Department of Technical and Further Education. As a result plans were developed for the introduction of a Special Course in 'Surface Coatings Technology' in 1971, conducted by the Sydney Technical College. The scope of the course was designed to cover all aspects of surface coatings technology ranging from raw materials and formulations to the production, testing, evaluation, application and use of finished products. The course proved to be highly successful and in 1973 a similar syllabus was introduced by the Melboume School of Painting, Decorating and Signcrafts in Victoria. In 1980, New Zealand followed suit with a similar course conducted by the Auckland Technical Institute.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Past, Present and Future of the Surface Coatings Industry2 Introduction to Polymer Science -- 3 Vegetable Oils -- 4 Oleoresinous Media -- 5 Alkyd Resin Technology -- 6 Manufacture of Alkyd Resins -- 7 Applications of Alkyd Resins -- 8 Polyesters -- 9 Amino Resins -- 10 Phenolic Resins -- 11 Polyurethane Resins -- 12 Epoxy Resins -- 13 Water Dispersible Epoxy Coatings -- 14 Silicone Resins -- 15 Acrylic Solution Resins -- 16 Emulsion Polymerization Theory -- 17 Emulsion Properties 1: Effect of Monomer Composition -- 18 Emulsion Properties 2: Effect of Water Phase and Particle Size -- 19 Emulsion Properties 3: Film Formation -- 20 Emulsion Polymers: Manufacture and Testing -- 21 Applications of Emulsion Polymers -- 22 Water-Reducible Resins -- 23 Water-Soluble Polymers -- 24 Solvents -- 25 Inorganic Pigments -- 26 Titanium Dioxide Pigments -- 27 Organic Pigments -- 28 Extender Pigments -- 29 Paint Driers -- 30 Paint Additives -- Contributors and Reviewers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401160018
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Earth structures and air photo interpretation -- 1.1 Earth materials: soils and rock -- 1.2 Basic information sources -- 1.3 Air photo interpretation -- 1.4 Rock landforms -- 1.5 Glacial landforms -- 1.6 Lacustrine, marine and alluvial landforms -- 1.7 Eolian and residual landforms -- 1.8 Uses of air photos in earth structures engineering -- 1.9 Other remote sensing and probing techniques -- 1.10 Problems on air photo interpretation -- 2 Earth mechanics in earth structures engineering -- 2.1 Strength and deformation of earth materials -- 2.2 Ground water and earth structures -- 2.3 Settlement of earth structures -- 3 Embankments and tunnels -- 3.1 Embankments on soft ground -- 3.2 Soft-ground tunneling -- 3.3 Problems on bearing capacity and tunnels -- 4 Slope stability -- 4.1 Types of slope movements -- 4.2 Slope stability analyses -- 4.3 Design charts for slopes in homogeneous materials -- 4.4 Crest loadings, dynamic loadings, submergence and drawdown -- 4.5 Recommended design factors of safety and procedures -- 4.6 Construction considerations and remedial measures -- 4.7 Permanent retaining walls -- 4.8 Problems on slope stability -- 5 Earth dams -- 5.1 Types of earth dams -- 5.2 Dam design considerations -- 5.3 Foundation treatments and efficiencies -- 5.4 Dam settlements and distortion -- 5.5 Earthquake and rapid drawdown design -- 5.6 Some special considerations in construction of earth dams -- 5.7 Monitoring, performance and maintenance of earth dams -- 5.8 Mine-tailings dams and process-water impoundments -- 5.9 Problems on earth dams -- 6 Ground subsidence and mine backfill -- 6.1 Ground control using backfill -- 6.2 Cemented tailings backfill design -- 6.3 Use of uncemented tailings backfill -- 6.4 Subsidence and surface effects -- 6.5 Problems on mine backfill and subsidence -- Appendix: units and symbols -- References -- Answers to problems.
    Abstract: Earth structures engineering involves the analysis, design and construction of structures, such as slopes and dams, that are composed mainly of earth materials, and this is a growth area in geotechnical engineering practice. This growth is due largely to increased involvement in designing various types of earth structures for the resources industries (slopes, impoundment structures, offshore islands, mine backfills), to the development of increas­ ingly large hydroelectric projects, to the need for more freshwater storage and diversion schemes, and to the need for transportation, communications and other facilities in areas where the natural earth materials are occasionally subject to mass instabilities. Although geotechnical engineering transects traditional disciplinary boundaries of civil, geological and mining engineering, the majority of geotechnical engineers are graduates from civil engineering schools. Here the geotechnical instruction has been concentrated on soil mechanics and foundation engineering because foundation engineering has traditionally been the major component of geotechnical practice. Geotechnical special­ ists, however, generally have acquired considerable formal or informal training beyond their first engineering degree, and an advanced degree with considerable cross-discipline course content is still considered an advantage for a young engineer entering a career in geotechnical engineering. Practical job experience is, of course, a necessary part of professional development but is readily interpreted and assimilated only if the required background training has been obtained.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Earth structures and air photo interpretation1.1 Earth materials: soils and rock -- 1.2 Basic information sources -- 1.3 Air photo interpretation -- 1.4 Rock landforms -- 1.5 Glacial landforms -- 1.6 Lacustrine, marine and alluvial landforms -- 1.7 Eolian and residual landforms -- 1.8 Uses of air photos in earth structures engineering -- 1.9 Other remote sensing and probing techniques -- 1.10 Problems on air photo interpretation -- 2 Earth mechanics in earth structures engineering -- 2.1 Strength and deformation of earth materials -- 2.2 Ground water and earth structures -- 2.3 Settlement of earth structures -- 3 Embankments and tunnels -- 3.1 Embankments on soft ground -- 3.2 Soft-ground tunneling -- 3.3 Problems on bearing capacity and tunnels -- 4 Slope stability -- 4.1 Types of slope movements -- 4.2 Slope stability analyses -- 4.3 Design charts for slopes in homogeneous materials -- 4.4 Crest loadings, dynamic loadings, submergence and drawdown -- 4.5 Recommended design factors of safety and procedures -- 4.6 Construction considerations and remedial measures -- 4.7 Permanent retaining walls -- 4.8 Problems on slope stability -- 5 Earth dams -- 5.1 Types of earth dams -- 5.2 Dam design considerations -- 5.3 Foundation treatments and efficiencies -- 5.4 Dam settlements and distortion -- 5.5 Earthquake and rapid drawdown design -- 5.6 Some special considerations in construction of earth dams -- 5.7 Monitoring, performance and maintenance of earth dams -- 5.8 Mine-tailings dams and process-water impoundments -- 5.9 Problems on earth dams -- 6 Ground subsidence and mine backfill -- 6.1 Ground control using backfill -- 6.2 Cemented tailings backfill design -- 6.3 Use of uncemented tailings backfill -- 6.4 Subsidence and surface effects -- 6.5 Problems on mine backfill and subsidence -- Appendix: units and symbols -- References -- Answers to problems.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401092319
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. The Composition and Structure of Milk Lipids -- 2. Influence of Nutritional Factors on the Yield, Composition and Physical Properties of Milk Fat -- 3. Origin of Milk Fat Globules and the Nature of the Milk Fat Globule Membrane -- 4. Physical Chemistry of Milk Fat Globules -- 5. Physical Properties and Modification of Milk Fat -- 6. Lipolytic Enzymes and Hydrolytic Rancidity in Milk and Milk Products -- 7. Lipid Oxidation -- 8. The Nutritional Significance of Lipids.
    Abstract: Many of the desirable flavour and textural attributes of dairy products are due to their lipid components; consequently, milk lipids have, tradi­ tionally, been highly valued, in fact to the exclusion of other milk components in many cases. Today, milk is a major source of dietary lipids in western diets and although consumption of milk fat in the form of butter has declined in some countries, this has been offset in many cases by increasing consumption of cheese and fermented liquid dairy products. This text on milk lipids is the second in a series entitled Developments in Dairy Chemistry, the first being devoted to milk proteins. The series is produced as a co-ordinated treatise on dairy chemistry with the objective of providing an authoritative reference source for lecturers, researchers and advanced students. The biosynthesis, chemical, physical and nutritional properties of milk lipids have been reviewed in eight chapters by world experts. However, space does not permit consideration of the more product-related aspects of milk lipids which play major functional roles in several dairy products, especially cheese, dehydrated milks and butter.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. The Composition and Structure of Milk Lipids2. Influence of Nutritional Factors on the Yield, Composition and Physical Properties of Milk Fat -- 3. Origin of Milk Fat Globules and the Nature of the Milk Fat Globule Membrane -- 4. Physical Chemistry of Milk Fat Globules -- 5. Physical Properties and Modification of Milk Fat -- 6. Lipolytic Enzymes and Hydrolytic Rancidity in Milk and Milk Products -- 7. Lipid Oxidation -- 8. The Nutritional Significance of Lipids.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959156
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 Food -- 2.1 Termites as decomposers -- 2.2 Wasps and ants as predators -- 2.3 Sugars as fuel save prey -- 2.4 Seed eaters -- 2.5 Leaf eaters -- 2.6 Pollen eaters -- 3 Foraging by individuals -- 3.1 Foraging strategy -- 3.2 Worker variability -- 4 Foraging in groups -- 4.1 Communication about food -- 4.2 Group slave-raiding -- 4.3 Tunnels and tracks -- 4.4 Nomadic foraging -- 5 Cavity nests and soil mounds -- 5.1 Cavities and burrows -- 5.2 Soil mounds -- 6 Nests of fibre, silk and wax -- 6.1 Mounds of vegetation and tree nests -- 6.2 Combs of cells -- 7 Microclimate -- 7.1 Environmental regulation -- 7.2 Metabolic regulation -- 8 Defence -- 8.1 Painful and paralysing injections -- 8.2 Toxic smears and repellants -- 9 Food processing -- 9.1 Mastication, extraction and regurgitation -- 9.2 Yolk food supplements -- 9.3 Head food glands -- 10 Early population growth -- 10.1 Food distribution -- 10.2 Colony foundation -- 10.3 The growth spurt -- 11 Maturation -- 11.1 Simple models of reproduction -- 11.2 Social control over caste -- 11.3 Males in social Hymenoptera -- 11.4 Maturation in general -- 12 Reproduction -- 12.1 Caste morphogenesis -- 12.2 Copulation and dispersal -- 12.3 Production -- 12.4 Summary -- 13 Evolution of insect societies -- 13.1 Theories of individual selection -- 13.2 Models of these theories -- 13.3 Group selection -- 13.4 Conclusions -- 14 Colonies -- 14.1 The colony barrier -- 14.2 Queen number and species ecology -- 14.3 Queen interaction and queen relatedness -- 15 Comparative ecology of congeneric species -- 15.1 Ant and termite races -- 15.2 Desert ants and termites -- 15.3 Ants and termites in grassland -- 15.4 Forest ants and termites -- 15.5 Wasps and bumblebees -- 15.6 Advanced bees -- 16 Communities -- 16.1 Temperate zone communities in grass and woodland -- 16.2 Desert communities -- 16.3 Tropical rain forest -- 16.4 Conclusions -- 17 Two themes -- 17.1 Plant mutualism -- 17.2 Social organization -- References -- Author index.
    Abstract: Here is a guide to the ecology of social insects. It is intended for general ecologists and entomologists as well as for undergraduates and those about to start research on social insects; even the experienced investigator may find the comparison between different groups of social insects illuminating. Most technical terms are translated into common language as far as can be done without loss of accuracy but scientific names are unavoidable. Readers will become familiar with the name even though they cannot visualize the animal and could reflect that only a very few of the total species have been studied so far! References too are essential and with these it should be possible to travel more deeply into the vast research literature, still increasing monthly. When I have cited an author in another author's paper, this implies that I have not read the original and the second author must take responsi­ bility for accuracy! Many hands and heads have helped to make this book. I thank all my colleagues past and present for their enduring though critical support, and I thank with special pleasure: E. ]. M. Evesham who fashioned the diagrams; ]. Free, D. J. Stradling and]. P. E. C. Darlington who supplied photographs; D. Y. Brian and R. A. Weller who were meticulous on the linguistic side; and G. Frith and R. M. Jones who collated the references. List of plates 1. Fungus combs of Acromyrmex octospinosus and Macrotermes michaelseni. 13 2. Mouthparts of larval Myrmica.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 Food -- 2.1 Termites as decomposers -- 2.2 Wasps and ants as predators -- 2.3 Sugars as fuel save prey -- 2.4 Seed eaters -- 2.5 Leaf eaters -- 2.6 Pollen eaters -- 3 Foraging by individuals -- 3.1 Foraging strategy -- 3.2 Worker variability -- 4 Foraging in groups -- 4.1 Communication about food -- 4.2 Group slave-raiding -- 4.3 Tunnels and tracks -- 4.4 Nomadic foraging -- 5 Cavity nests and soil mounds -- 5.1 Cavities and burrows -- 5.2 Soil mounds -- 6 Nests of fibre, silk and wax -- 6.1 Mounds of vegetation and tree nests -- 6.2 Combs of cells -- 7 Microclimate -- 7.1 Environmental regulation -- 7.2 Metabolic regulation -- 8 Defence -- 8.1 Painful and paralysing injections -- 8.2 Toxic smears and repellants -- 9 Food processing -- 9.1 Mastication, extraction and regurgitation -- 9.2 Yolk food supplements -- 9.3 Head food glands -- 10 Early population growth -- 10.1 Food distribution -- 10.2 Colony foundation -- 10.3 The growth spurt -- 11 Maturation -- 11.1 Simple models of reproduction -- 11.2 Social control over caste -- 11.3 Males in social Hymenoptera -- 11.4 Maturation in general -- 12 Reproduction -- 12.1 Caste morphogenesis -- 12.2 Copulation and dispersal -- 12.3 Production -- 12.4 Summary -- 13 Evolution of insect societies -- 13.1 Theories of individual selection -- 13.2 Models of these theories -- 13.3 Group selection -- 13.4 Conclusions -- 14 Colonies -- 14.1 The colony barrier -- 14.2 Queen number and species ecology -- 14.3 Queen interaction and queen relatedness -- 15 Comparative ecology of congeneric species -- 15.1 Ant and termite races -- 15.2 Desert ants and termites -- 15.3 Ants and termites in grassland -- 15.4 Forest ants and termites -- 15.5 Wasps and bumblebees -- 15.6 Advanced bees -- 16 Communities -- 16.1 Temperate zone communities in grass and woodland -- 16.2 Desert communities -- 16.3 Tropical rain forest -- 16.4 Conclusions -- 17 Two themes -- 17.1 Plant mutualism -- 17.2 Social organization -- References -- Author index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    ISBN: 9789400967786
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 338 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Collection Fondée par H.L. Van Breda et Publiée sous le Patronage des Centres D’Archives-Husserl 88
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Series Founded by H. L. Van Breda and Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 88
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology
    Abstract: I The Contours of a Logistic Phenomenology of Meaning -- 1. Expression and Meaning -- 2. Meaning and Nominal Acts -- 3. Meaning and Propositional Acts -- 4. A Logistic Interpretation of Intentionality and Truth -- II Toward a Genetic Phenomenology of Perception -- 5. Static and Genetic Pheonomenology -- 6. The First Elaboration: A Noetics of Perception -- 7. The Second Elaboration: A Noematics of Perception -- 8. The Third Elaboration: Transcendental Aesthetics -- 9. The Nexus of Perception and World -- III Toward a Genetic Phenomenology of Speech-Acts -- 10. Genetic Analysis, Thought and Speech -- 11. Language, Intersubjectivity and the Origins of Meaning -- 12. The Dialectic of Language and Perception.
    Abstract: Whenever one attempts to write about a philosopher whose native tongue is not English the problem of translations is inevitable. For the sake of simplicity and accuracy we have translated all of our quotations from the German unless otherwise noted. But for the sake of easy reference we have included the page numbers of the English translations as well as the German texts. Because there is a new translation forthcoming, we have not included references to the English translation of Ideen I. Since the German texts are readily available, we did not reproduce them in the footnotes. All quotations translated from Husserl's unpublished manuscripts, however, do include the German text in the footnotes. This work is greatly indebted to the criticism and help of Professor Ludwig Landgrebe, whose support made possible two years at the UniversiHit Koln. Garth Gillan and Lothar Eley also have contributed much to the basic direction ofthis work. Others such as Edward Casey, Claude Evans, Irene Grypari, Don Ihde, Grant Johnson, Martin Lang, J. N. Mohanty, Robert Ray and Susan Wood have been more than helpful in their discussions with me on these topics and in their criticisms of some of the ambiguities of an earlier draft. Likewise a special word of thanks to Reto Parpan whose insightful corrections were most valuable and to Nancy Gifford for her discussions on matters epistemolo­ gical and for her help in the final preparation of the book.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959781
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Engineering Description of Rocks -- 1.1 Rock testing -- 1.2 Uniaxial or unconfined strength -- 1.3 Empirical field and laboratory tests -- 1.4 Porosity and permeability -- 1.5 Discontinuous rock -- 2 Stress and Strain -- 2.1 Stress at a point -- 2.2 Pore pressure and effective stress -- 2.3 Strain at a point -- 2.4 Representation of stress and strain -- 2.5 Relation between stress and strain -- 2.6 Geostatic stresses -- 2.7 Measurement of in situ stress -- 3 Rock Deformation -- 3.1 Rock tests in compression -- 3.2 Rock deformation in compression -- 3.3 Mechanics of microfracture -- 3.4 Rock macrofracture -- 3.5 The complete rock deformation curve -- 4 Rock Strength and Yield -- 4.1 Rock strength criteria -- 4.2 Yield criteria -- 4.3 The critical state concept -- 4.4 Triaxial testing -- 4.5 Axial and volumetric strain data -- 4.6 The Hvorslev surface in rocks -- 5 Time Dependency -- 5.1 Creep strain -- 5.2 Phenomenological models of creep -- 5.3 Time-dependent deformation -- 5.4 Time-dependent strength reduction -- 5.5 Cyclic loading -- 5.6 Rapid loading -- 6 Discontinuities in Rock Masses -- 6.1 Discontinuity measurement -- 6.2 Discontinuity orientation data -- 6.3 Shear resistance of a rock containing a discontinuity -- 6.4 Shear resistance of a discontinuity -- 6.5 A critical state model for rock discontinuity strength -- 6.6 Measurement of discontinuity shear resistance -- 7 Behaviour of Rock Masses -- 7.1 Discontinuity frequency -- 7.2 Rock mass classification systems -- 7.3 Rock mass strength criterion -- 7.4 The relevance of rock mass strength -- References -- Author Index.
    Abstract: The first edition of this book was received more kindly than it deserved by some, and with some scepticism by others. It set out to present a simple, concise and reasonably comprehensive introduction to some of the theoretical and empirical criteria which may be used to define rock as a structural material. The objectives - reinforced by the change in title - remain the same, but the approach has been changed considerably and only one or two sections have been retained from the first edition. The particular aim in this edition is to provide a description of the mechanical behaviour of rocks, based firmly upon experimental data, which can be used to explain how rocks deform, fracture and yield, and to show how this knowledge can be used in design. The major emphasis is on the behaviour of rocks as materials, although in the later chapters the behaviour of discontinuities in rocks, and the way in of rock masses, is considered. which this can affect the behaviour If this edition is an improvement on the first edition it reflects the debt lowe to numerous people who have attempted to explain the rudiments of the subject to me. I should like to thank Peter Attewell and Roy Scott in particular. I should also like to thank Tony Price and Mike Gilbert whose work at Newcastle I have used shamelessly.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Engineering Description of Rocks1.1 Rock testing -- 1.2 Uniaxial or unconfined strength -- 1.3 Empirical field and laboratory tests -- 1.4 Porosity and permeability -- 1.5 Discontinuous rock -- 2 Stress and Strain -- 2.1 Stress at a point -- 2.2 Pore pressure and effective stress -- 2.3 Strain at a point -- 2.4 Representation of stress and strain -- 2.5 Relation between stress and strain -- 2.6 Geostatic stresses -- 2.7 Measurement of in situ stress -- 3 Rock Deformation -- 3.1 Rock tests in compression -- 3.2 Rock deformation in compression -- 3.3 Mechanics of microfracture -- 3.4 Rock macrofracture -- 3.5 The complete rock deformation curve -- 4 Rock Strength and Yield -- 4.1 Rock strength criteria -- 4.2 Yield criteria -- 4.3 The critical state concept -- 4.4 Triaxial testing -- 4.5 Axial and volumetric strain data -- 4.6 The Hvorslev surface in rocks -- 5 Time Dependency -- 5.1 Creep strain -- 5.2 Phenomenological models of creep -- 5.3 Time-dependent deformation -- 5.4 Time-dependent strength reduction -- 5.5 Cyclic loading -- 5.6 Rapid loading -- 6 Discontinuities in Rock Masses -- 6.1 Discontinuity measurement -- 6.2 Discontinuity orientation data -- 6.3 Shear resistance of a rock containing a discontinuity -- 6.4 Shear resistance of a discontinuity -- 6.5 A critical state model for rock discontinuity strength -- 6.6 Measurement of discontinuity shear resistance -- 7 Behaviour of Rock Masses -- 7.1 Discontinuity frequency -- 7.2 Rock mass classification systems -- 7.3 Rock mass strength criterion -- 7.4 The relevance of rock mass strength -- References -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400966314
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The Concept of Machinability -- 1.1. Introduction -- 1.2. Definition of Machinability -- 2 Fundamental Aspects of the Machining Process -- 2.1. Mechanics of Metal Cutting -- 2.2. Tool Wear -- 2.3. Surface Finish -- 2.4. Chip Formers -- 2.5. The Action of Cutting Fluids -- References -- 3 The Assessment of Machinability -- 3.1. Types of Machinability Test -- 3.2. Short Machinability Tests -- 3.3. Non-Machining Tests -- 3.4. Machining Tests -- 3.5. Combination of Machining Parameters -- 3.6. Machinability Assessment for Processes Other than Single Point Turning -- 3.7. Machinability Assessment Relating One Process to Another -- 3.8. On-Line Assessment of Tool Wear -- References -- 4 Tool Materials -- 4.1. Historical Background -- 4.2. Requirements of Tool Materials -- 4.3. High-Speed Steels -- 4.4. Cemented Carbides -- 4.5. Cast Cobalt Alloys -- 4.6. Ceramic Cutting Tool Materials -- 4.7. Diamond -- References -- 5 Workpiece Materials -- 5.1. Introduction -- 5.2. Ferrous Materials -- 5.3. Titanium Alloys -- 5.4. Nickel-Based Alloys -- 5.5. Aluminium Alloys -- 5.6. Magnesium and its Alloys -- 5.7. Copper and its Alloys -- References -- 6 The ISO Machinability Test -- 6.1. Introduction -- 6.2. Reference Work pieces -- 6.3. Reference Tool Materials and Tool Geometries -- 6.4. Reference Cutting Fluids -- 6.5. Cutting Conditions -- 6.6. Tool Life Criteria and Tool Wear Measurements -- 6.7. Tool Wear Measurement -- 6.8. Equipment -- 6.9. Tool Life Test Procedure -- 6.10. Evaluation of Tool Life Data -- 7 The Effect of Machinability Data on Metal Removal Performance and Economics -- 7.1. Introduction -- 7.2. Criteria of Performance -- 7.3. Economics of Turning Operations -- 7.4. Machining for Minimum Cost -- 7.5. Machining for Maximum Production -- 7.6. Machining for Maximum Profit -- 7.7. Machinability Data Applied to Milling -- 7.8. Reliability of Machinability Data -- Reference -- Appendix 1 Analysis to Determine Cutting Temperatures in Single Point Metal Cutting -- Appendix 2 Analyses for Two Short Absolute Machinability Tests -- A2.1 The Variable-Rate Machining Test -- A2.2 The Step Turning Test.
    Abstract: In the manufacturing industries, despite the development and improvement of metal forming processes, a great deal of reliance is still placed on metal cutting processes and this will continue into the foreseeable future. Thus, there will continue to be a requirement for the development of improved cutting tool materials, workpiece materials, cutting fluids and testing methods; collectively this activity can be described as improving machinability. Machinability is a parameter which in many ways is vague, sometimes qualitative and very often misunderstood. The purpose of this text is to give a broad understanding of the concept, methods of assessment and ways of improving machinability to the manufacturing engineer, the metallurgist and the materials scientist. The text should also be of interest to those engaged in research in manufacturing engineering and metal cutting. The text, of necessity, does not attempt to give detailed information about the machining characteristics of a wide range of tool and workpiece materials. It is felt that this is beyond the scope of the book and is best left to other sources, such as machinability data banks and the Machining Handbook*, whose main objective is to present this kind of information. It is hoped that the reader will be able to progress logically from the fundamental aspects of the metal cutting process to the sections on the more specific topics of machinability including machinability testing and the properties of tool and workpiece materials which affect their machining performance.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Concept of Machinability1.1. Introduction -- 1.2. Definition of Machinability -- 2 Fundamental Aspects of the Machining Process -- 2.1. Mechanics of Metal Cutting -- 2.2. Tool Wear -- 2.3. Surface Finish -- 2.4. Chip Formers -- 2.5. The Action of Cutting Fluids -- References -- 3 The Assessment of Machinability -- 3.1. Types of Machinability Test -- 3.2. Short Machinability Tests -- 3.3. Non-Machining Tests -- 3.4. Machining Tests -- 3.5. Combination of Machining Parameters -- 3.6. Machinability Assessment for Processes Other than Single Point Turning -- 3.7. Machinability Assessment Relating One Process to Another -- 3.8. On-Line Assessment of Tool Wear -- References -- 4 Tool Materials -- 4.1. Historical Background -- 4.2. Requirements of Tool Materials -- 4.3. High-Speed Steels -- 4.4. Cemented Carbides -- 4.5. Cast Cobalt Alloys -- 4.6. Ceramic Cutting Tool Materials -- 4.7. Diamond -- References -- 5 Workpiece Materials -- 5.1. Introduction -- 5.2. Ferrous Materials -- 5.3. Titanium Alloys -- 5.4. Nickel-Based Alloys -- 5.5. Aluminium Alloys -- 5.6. Magnesium and its Alloys -- 5.7. Copper and its Alloys -- References -- 6 The ISO Machinability Test -- 6.1. Introduction -- 6.2. Reference Work pieces -- 6.3. Reference Tool Materials and Tool Geometries -- 6.4. Reference Cutting Fluids -- 6.5. Cutting Conditions -- 6.6. Tool Life Criteria and Tool Wear Measurements -- 6.7. Tool Wear Measurement -- 6.8. Equipment -- 6.9. Tool Life Test Procedure -- 6.10. Evaluation of Tool Life Data -- 7 The Effect of Machinability Data on Metal Removal Performance and Economics -- 7.1. Introduction -- 7.2. Criteria of Performance -- 7.3. Economics of Turning Operations -- 7.4. Machining for Minimum Cost -- 7.5. Machining for Maximum Production -- 7.6. Machining for Maximum Profit -- 7.7. Machinability Data Applied to Milling -- 7.8. Reliability of Machinability Data -- Reference -- Appendix 1 Analysis to Determine Cutting Temperatures in Single Point Metal Cutting -- Appendix 2 Analyses for Two Short Absolute Machinability Tests -- A2.1 The Variable-Rate Machining Test -- A2.2 The Step Turning Test.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401173766
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Photosynthesis -- Role of Chlorophyll -- Chemistry of Photosynthesis -- Summary -- 2. Water and Solutions -- The Structure of Water -- Solutions -- Summary -- 3. Colloids -- What Are Colloids? -- Behavior of Colloids in an Electric Field -- Syneresis -- Imbibition -- Emulsions -- Breaking of Emulsions -- Foams -- Viscosity -- Summary -- 4. Carbohydrates -- Monosaccharides -- Structure of Carbohydrates -- Carbohydrate Reactions -- Oligosaccharides -- Polysaccharides -- Digestion of Carbohydrates -- Qualitative Tests -- Quantitative Tests -- Summary -- 5. Lipids -- Simple Lipids -- Composite Lipids -- Derived Lipids -- Oxidation of Lipids -- Summary -- 6. Proteins -- Amino Acids -- Classification of Proteins -- Structure of Proteins -- Properties of Proteins -- Protein Synthesis -- Proteins in Foods -- Summary -- 7. Enzymes -- Classification -- Enzyme Composition -- Properties of Enzymes -- Enzyme Reactions -- Some Enzyme Applications in Food -- Summary -- 8. The Vitamins -- The Water-Soluble Vitamins -- The Fat-Soluble Vitamins -- Vitamins and Malnutrition -- Summary -- 9. Minerals -- Occurrence of Minerals -- Anionic Minerals -- Minerals in Canned Foods -- Summary -- 10. Flavor -- The Basic Tastes -- Flavors and Volatiles -- Flavor Enhancement -- Flavor Restoration and Deterioration -- Summary -- 11. Natural Colors -- Chemistry of Natural Coloring Matters -- Caramels and Melanoidins -- Color Determination -- Summary -- 12. Browning Reactions -- Enzymatic Browning -- Non-enzymatic Browning -- The Formation of Brown Pigments -- Inhibition of Browning -- Summary -- 13. Food Colorings -- Color Safety and Regulations -- Colors Exempt from Certification -- Color Analysis and Desired Properties -- Summary -- 14. Alcoholic Fermentation -- Wine -- Beer and Brewing -- Distilled Products -- Vinegar -- Summary -- 15. Baked Products -- Flour -- Leavening -- Summary -- 16. Milk and Milk Products -- Milk Composition -- Rancidity and Off-Flavor in Milk -- Cheese and Cheese Chemistry -- Fermentation in Milk -- Milk Products Other than Cheese -- Determination of Fat in Dairy Products -- Total Solids Analysis -- Summary -- 17. Coffee -- Composition of the Green Coffee Bean -- Changes During Roasting -- Roasted Coffee -- Coffee Products -- Summary -- 18. Tea -- Methods of Preparation -- Chemical Components of Tea -- Amino Acids -- Chemistry of Tea Manufacture -- Tea Aroma -- Summary -- 19. Cocoa and Chocolate -- Manufacture of Cocoa and Chocolate -- Chemical Composition -- Changes During Manufacture of Cocoa and Chocolate -- Volatiles and Chocolate Flavor -- Chocolate and Cocoa Products -- Summary -- 20. Meat and Meat Products -- Muscle Composition -- Changes in Muscle After Slaughter and During Processing -- Effect of Ionizing Radiation -- Summary -- 21. Fruits and Vegetables -- Ripening and Post Harvest Changes -- Storage -- Chemistry Involved in the Texture of Fruits and Vegetables -- Summary.
    Abstract: Food chemistry has grown considerably since its early foundations were laid. This has been brought about not only by research in this field, but also, and more importantly, bYiadvances in the basic sciences involved. In this second edition, the chapters dealing with fundamentals have been rewritten and strengthened. Three new chapters have been added, Water and Solutions, Colloids, and Minerals. The chapter on Fruits and Vegetables has been expanded to cover texture. Other chapters discuss flavor and colors, together with one on brown­ ing reactions. The last seven chapters give the student a background of the classes offood products and beverages encountered in everyday use. Each chapter includes a summary and a list of references and sug­ gested readings to assist the student in study and to obtain further information. Basic Food Chemistry is intended for college undergraduates and for use in food laboratories. The author wishes to express his appreciation to the following people, who reviewed the chapters on their respective specialties: Doctors L.R. Hackler, M. Keeney, B. Love, L.M. Massey, Jr., L.R. Mattick, W.B. Robinson, R.S. Shallenberger,D.F. Splittstoesser, E. Stotz, W.L. Sulz­ bacher, and J. Van Buren. In addition, the author wishes to express his appreciation to Dr. H.O. Hultin and Dr. F.W. Knapp for their reviews of the entire original manuscript and for their helpful comments. The author welcomes notices of errors and omissions as well as sug­ gestions and constructive criticism.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. PhotosynthesisRole of Chlorophyll -- Chemistry of Photosynthesis -- Summary -- 2. Water and Solutions -- The Structure of Water -- Solutions -- Summary -- 3. Colloids -- What Are Colloids? -- Behavior of Colloids in an Electric Field -- Syneresis -- Imbibition -- Emulsions -- Breaking of Emulsions -- Foams -- Viscosity -- Summary -- 4. Carbohydrates -- Monosaccharides -- Structure of Carbohydrates -- Carbohydrate Reactions -- Oligosaccharides -- Polysaccharides -- Digestion of Carbohydrates -- Qualitative Tests -- Quantitative Tests -- Summary -- 5. Lipids -- Simple Lipids -- Composite Lipids -- Derived Lipids -- Oxidation of Lipids -- Summary -- 6. Proteins -- Amino Acids -- Classification of Proteins -- Structure of Proteins -- Properties of Proteins -- Protein Synthesis -- Proteins in Foods -- Summary -- 7. Enzymes -- Classification -- Enzyme Composition -- Properties of Enzymes -- Enzyme Reactions -- Some Enzyme Applications in Food -- Summary -- 8. The Vitamins -- The Water-Soluble Vitamins -- The Fat-Soluble Vitamins -- Vitamins and Malnutrition -- Summary -- 9. Minerals -- Occurrence of Minerals -- Anionic Minerals -- Minerals in Canned Foods -- Summary -- 10. Flavor -- The Basic Tastes -- Flavors and Volatiles -- Flavor Enhancement -- Flavor Restoration and Deterioration -- Summary -- 11. Natural Colors -- Chemistry of Natural Coloring Matters -- Caramels and Melanoidins -- Color Determination -- Summary -- 12. Browning Reactions -- Enzymatic Browning -- Non-enzymatic Browning -- The Formation of Brown Pigments -- Inhibition of Browning -- Summary -- 13. Food Colorings -- Color Safety and Regulations -- Colors Exempt from Certification -- Color Analysis and Desired Properties -- Summary -- 14. Alcoholic Fermentation -- Wine -- Beer and Brewing -- Distilled Products -- Vinegar -- Summary -- 15. Baked Products -- Flour -- Leavening -- Summary -- 16. Milk and Milk Products -- Milk Composition -- Rancidity and Off-Flavor in Milk -- Cheese and Cheese Chemistry -- Fermentation in Milk -- Milk Products Other than Cheese -- Determination of Fat in Dairy Products -- Total Solids Analysis -- Summary -- 17. Coffee -- Composition of the Green Coffee Bean -- Changes During Roasting -- Roasted Coffee -- Coffee Products -- Summary -- 18. Tea -- Methods of Preparation -- Chemical Components of Tea -- Amino Acids -- Chemistry of Tea Manufacture -- Tea Aroma -- Summary -- 19. Cocoa and Chocolate -- Manufacture of Cocoa and Chocolate -- Chemical Composition -- Changes During Manufacture of Cocoa and Chocolate -- Volatiles and Chocolate Flavor -- Chocolate and Cocoa Products -- Summary -- 20. Meat and Meat Products -- Muscle Composition -- Changes in Muscle After Slaughter and During Processing -- Effect of Ionizing Radiation -- Summary -- 21. Fruits and Vegetables -- Ripening and Post Harvest Changes -- Storage -- Chemistry Involved in the Texture of Fruits and Vegetables -- Summary.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    ISBN: 9789400968301
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (320p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Collection Fondée Par H.L. van Breda et Publiée Sous Le Patronage Des Centres D’Archives-Husserl 93
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Series Founded by H. L. Van Breda and Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 93
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology
    Abstract: I. Duty and Inclination -- A Ethico-Historical and Critical Part -- 1. Kants Systems of Ethics in Its Relation to Schiller’s Ethical Views -- 2: A Critique of the Groundwork of Kant’s Ethics -- B Systematic Part -- 3: The Method Required in Ethics -- 4: The Origins of the Moral Ought and Its Relations to Inclination and Willing -- II. On the Adaption of the Phenomenological Method to, and Its Refinement as a Method of, Ethics. (Zeitschrift fur Philo- sophische Forschung 29 (1975), pp. 108–117.) -- III. Is Value Ethics Out of Date? (Zeitschrift fur Philosophische Forschung 30 (1976), pp. 93–98.) -- IV. The Golden Rule and Natural Law. (Studia Leibnitiana 8 (1977), pp. 231–254.) -- V. Good and Value, The Philosophical Relevance of the Concept of Value -- Name index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401180481
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Outline Studies in Ecology
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Conditions for life -- 1.1 Radiant energy -- 1.2 The atmosphere -- 2 Radiation coupling -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Plant responses to light -- 3 Coupling through boundary layers -- 3.1 Electrical analogues -- 3.2 Coupling through resistance chains -- 3.3 Physiologically-influenced resistances -- 3.4 Micrometeorological stomatal resistance -- 4 Heat and water exchange at plant surfaces -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Energy balance -- 4.3 Calculations -- 5 Field observations -- 5.1 Structure of vegetation -- 5.2 Vegetation height -- 5.3 Leaf survival and design -- Appendix 1 Specific heats -- Appendix 2 Physical constants -- Appendix 3 Thermocouple data -- Appendix 5 Saturated vapour pressure and black body radiation -- Appendix 6 Useful formulae -- Appendix 7 Symbols and abbreviations -- Appendix 8 Units -- Appendix 9 Metric multiples and submultiples -- References.
    Abstract: In this small book I have tried to confine myself to the absolute necessities in a field which requires a knowledge of both biology and physics. It is meant as a primer for biological undergraduates. I hope it will lead some of them to further, more advanced, study. It has not been easy to present the subject in so few pages, and I am aware of many omissions. I hope readers will agree that it is best to concentrate on a small number of topics, which together constitute an essay on plant-atmosphere relationships. Advanced students will be able to take the subject further if they look up some of the references. Text books that I particularly recommend are those by Monteith [38] and Campbell [lOO]. If the reader intends to carry out research investigations he should also consult Fritschen and Lloyd [105] for an introduction to instrumentation in environmental biophysics.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400970328
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (388p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Analecta Husserliana, The Yearbook of Phenomenological Research 16
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Phenomenology ; Psychiatry ; Science—Philosophy.
    Abstract: Inaugural Essay -- From Husserl’s Formulation of the Soul—Body Issue to a New Differentiation of Human Faculties -- I The Problem of Embodiment at the Heart of Phenomenology -- The Singularity and Plurality of the Viewpoint in Husserl’s Transcendental Phenomenology -- Das Problem der Leiblichkeit in der phänomenologischen Bewegung -- Seele und Leib in der kategorialen und in der originären Perspektive -- L’oeil de la chair -- II The Recurrent Question of Dualism -- Husserl and the Problem of Dualism -- “Seeing” and “Touching”, or, Overcoming the Soul—Body Dualism -- The Relativity of the Soul and the Absolute State of the Pure Ego -- The Significance of the Transcendental Ego for the Problem of Body and Soul in Husserlian Phenomenology -- Body—Soul—Consciousness Integration -- III The Soul—Body Territory -- Natural Man and His Soul -- Finitude as Clue to Embodiment -- Topoï of the Body and the Soul in Husserlian Phenomenology -- Husserls Sicht des Leib-Seele Problems -- The Ego-Body Subject and the Stream of Experience in Husserl -- Lived Experience of One’s Body within One’s Own Experience -- IV Soul and Body in Phenomenological Psychiatry -- Living Body, Flesh, and Everyday Body: A Clinical-Noematic Report -- The Experience of Sexual Leib in the Toxico-maniac: Phenomenological Premises -- Kinesthesias and Horizons In Psychosis -- Self-acceptance: The Way of Living with One’s Body in Obesity and Mental Anorexia -- V The Place of the Spirit within the Soul—Body Issue -- Body, Spirit and Ego in Husserl’s Ideas II -- Die Bedeutung des Gewissens für eine leibhafte Verwirklichung von Sittlichkeit -- Value Ethics and Experience -- The Significance of Death for the Experience of Body and World in Human Existence -- La transfiguration du corps dans la phénoménologie de la religion -- VI The Horizon of Nature and Being -- Merleau-Ponty’s Conception of Nature -- Merleau-Ponty’s Ontology Of the Wild Being -- Imagination and the Soul—Body Problem in Arabic Philosophy -- VII Husserl and the History of Philosophy -- Monism in Spinoza’s and Husserl’s Thought -- Husserl’s Berkeley -- Annex -- The Opening Address of the Salzburg Conference -- Index of Names.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400957534
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 208 p) , digital
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Engineering Description of Rocks -- 1.1 Rock testing -- 1.2 Uniaxial or unconfined strength -- 1.3 Empirical field and laboratory tests -- 1.4 Porosity and permeability -- 1.5 Discontinuous rock -- 2 Stress and Strain -- 2.1 Stress at a point -- 2.2 Pore pressure and effective stress -- 2.3 Strain at a point -- 2.4 Representation of stress and strain -- 2.5 Relation between stress and strain -- 2.6 Geostatic stresses -- 2.7 Measurement of in situ stress -- 3 Rock Deformation -- 3.1 Rock tests in compression -- 3.2 Rock deformation in compression -- 3.3 Mechanics of microfracture -- 3.4 Rock macrofracture -- 3.5 The complete rock deformation curve -- 4 Rock Strength and Yield -- 4.1 Rock strength criteria -- 4.2 Yield criteria -- 4.3 The critical state concept -- 4.4 Triaxial testing -- 4.5 Axial and volumetric strain data -- 4.6 The Hvorslev surface in rocks -- 5 Time Dependency -- 5.1 Creep strain -- 5.2 Phenomenological models of creep -- 5.3 Time-dependent deformation -- 5.4 Time-dependent strength reduction -- 5.5 Cyclic loading -- 5.6 Rapid loading -- 6 Discontinuities in Rock Masses -- 6.1 Discontinuity measurement -- 6.2 Discontinuity orientation data -- 6.3 Shear resistance of a rock containing a discontinuity -- 6.4 Shear resistance of a discontinuity -- 6.5 A critical state model for rock discontinuity strength -- 6.6 Measurement of discontinuity shear resistance -- 7 Behaviour of Rock Masses -- 7.1 Discontinuity frequency -- 7.2 Rock mass classification systems -- 7.3 Rock mass strength criterion -- 7.4 The relevance of rock mass strength -- References -- Author Index.
    Abstract: The first edition of this book was received more kindly than it deserved by some, and with some scepticism by others. It set out to present a simple, concise and reasonably comprehensive introduction to some of the theoretical and empirical criteria which may be used to define rock as a structural material. The objectives - reinforced by the change in title - remain the same, but the approach has been changed considerably and only one or two sections have been retained from the first edition. The particular aim in this edition is to provide a description of the mechanical behaviour of rocks, based firmly upon experimental data, which can be used to explain how rocks deform, fracture and yield, and to show how this knowledge can be used in design. The major emphasis is on the behaviour of rocks as materials, although in the later chapters the behaviour of discontinuities in rocks, and the way in which this can affect the behaviour of rock masses, is considered. If this edition is an improvement on the first edition it reflects the debt lowe to numerous people who have attempted to explain the rudiments of the subject to me. I should like to thank Peter Attewell and Roy Scott in particular. I should also like to thank Tony Price and Mike Gilbert whose work at Newcastle I have used shamelessly.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401179072
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I Introduction -- 1 Vegetables and the World Food Supply -- 2 Origin and Evolution of Vegetables -- 3 Vegetable Classifications -- 4 Importance of Vegetables in Nutrition -- 5 Toxic Substances and Folk Medicinal Uses of Vegetables -- II Principles of Growing Vegetables -- 6 Environmental Factors Influencing the Growth of Vegetables -- 7 Devices and Means of Controlling Climate for Vegetable Production in Adverse Climates and During Off Seasons -- III World Vegetables -- 8 Global View of Vegetable Usage -- A Starchy Roots, Tubers and Fruits -- 9 White or Irish Potato -- 10 Sweet Potato -- 11 Cassava (Manioc) -- 12 Yam -- 13 Edible Aroids: Taro, Yautia, and Others -- 14 Other Starchy Underground Vegetables -- 15 Sweet Corn -- 16 Plantain (Starchy Banana) and Breadfruit -- B Succulent Roots, Bulbs, Tops, and Fruits -- 17 Alliums: Onion, Garlic, and Others -- 18 Composites -- 19 Crucifers -- 20 Umbellifers: Carrot, Celery, and Condiment Herbs -- 21 Vegetable Legumes -- 22 Solanaceous Fruits: Tomato, Eggplant, Peppers, and Others -- 23 Cucurbits -- 24 Chenopods -- 25 Other Succulent Vegetables.
    Abstract: This text and reference book was written because of the urgings of my colleagues here and abroad and also by my students to fill the need for a comprehensive book describing vegetables important as food crops of the world. in this book was first used as outlines for the course on The material world vegetables taught by the staff of the Department of Vegetable Crops at the University of California at Davis. Over the course of the decade the author taught the course, new topics were added with each succeeding year. In 1978 the handouts were revised and compiled into a syllabus. In addition to the students taking the course, the syllabus was purchased and used by others as a reference book. Word ofits existence travelled far; the syllabus is presently used by one other university in the United States and by another in a foreign country. This edition has been extensively revised; many new materials and references have been added. Included are many photographs taken by the author in his travels abroad. The book has three parts. The first is introductory and background meant for students who are not familiar with vegetables as food crops.
    Description / Table of Contents: I Introduction1 Vegetables and the World Food Supply -- 2 Origin and Evolution of Vegetables -- 3 Vegetable Classifications -- 4 Importance of Vegetables in Nutrition -- 5 Toxic Substances and Folk Medicinal Uses of Vegetables -- II Principles of Growing Vegetables -- 6 Environmental Factors Influencing the Growth of Vegetables -- 7 Devices and Means of Controlling Climate for Vegetable Production in Adverse Climates and During Off Seasons -- III World Vegetables -- 8 Global View of Vegetable Usage -- A Starchy Roots, Tubers and Fruits -- 9 White or Irish Potato -- 10 Sweet Potato -- 11 Cassava (Manioc) -- 12 Yam -- 13 Edible Aroids: Taro, Yautia, and Others -- 14 Other Starchy Underground Vegetables -- 15 Sweet Corn -- 16 Plantain (Starchy Banana) and Breadfruit -- B Succulent Roots, Bulbs, Tops, and Fruits -- 17 Alliums: Onion, Garlic, and Others -- 18 Composites -- 19 Crucifers -- 20 Umbellifers: Carrot, Celery, and Condiment Herbs -- 21 Vegetable Legumes -- 22 Solanaceous Fruits: Tomato, Eggplant, Peppers, and Others -- 23 Cucurbits -- 24 Chenopods -- 25 Other Succulent Vegetables.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401160322
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Mammalian Thermogenesis: An Introduction -- 2 Cellular Mechanisms of Heat Dissipation -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The thermodynamics of heat dissipation -- 2.3 Extra-mitochondrial ATP-hydrolysing mechanisms: general considerations -- 2.4 The status of ATP-hydrolysing mechanisms in brown fat -- 2.5 Mitochondrial dissipatory mechanisms: general considerations -- 2.6 The proton short-circuit of brown-fat mitochondria -- 2.7 The molecular basis for the adaptive cold- and diet-induced increase in brown-fat thermogenic capacity -- 2.8 The acute regulation of the proton short-circuit in brown-fat mitochondria -- 2.9 Conclusions -- References -- 3 Brown Fat: An Energy Dissipating Tissue -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 The survival value of an energy dissipator -- 3.3 Anatomy -- 3.4 The capacity for heat production -- 3.5 Evidence for a concerted regulation between substrate supply and respiration rate -- 3.6 Tissue blood flow -- 3.7 The adaptive response to cold exposure -- 3.8 The acute thermogenic response -- 3.9 Alpha- and beta-adrenergic mediated membrane potential changes and metabolism -- 3.10 Sodium pump and thermogenesis -- 3.11 Control of brown-fat thermogenesis -- References -- 4 Autonomic Regulation of Thermogenesis -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Cold exposure -- 4.3 Diet -- 4.4 Summary and conclusions -- References -- 5 Thyroid Hormones and Thermogenesis -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Role of thyroid hormones in thermogenesis -- 5.3 Summary -- References -- 6 Energetics of Maintenance and Growth -- 6.1 Measurement of energy exchange -- 6.2 The energy cost of maintenance and fattening -- 6.3 Food intake and heat production -- 6.4 Eating and rumination -- 6.5 Efficiency of utilization of absorbed nutrients -- 6.6 Regulatory dietary-induced thermogenesis -- 6.7 Body size and heat production -- 6.8 The energetics of growth -- 6.9 Conclusions -- References -- 7 Diet-Induced Thermogenesis -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Force-feeding and diet-induced thermogenesis -- 7.3 Voluntary hyperphagia and diet-induced thermogenesis -- 7.4 Mechanism of diet-induced thermogenesis -- 7.5 Other factors affecting diet-induced thermogenesis -- 7.6 Reduced thermogenesis -- 7.7 Summary -- References -- 8 Thermogenesis and Obesity -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Energy balance in genetically obese rodents -- 8.3 Mechanisms of heat production -- 8.4 Thermogenesis in man -- 8.5 Concluding comments -- References -- 9 Hypermetabolism in Trauma -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Afferent mediators of metabolic alterations -- 9.3 Neuroendocrine responses -- 9.4 Metabolic responses -- 9.5 Cardiovascular responses -- 9.6 Thermoregulatory response -- 9.7 Treatment -- 9.8 Summary -- References -- 10 Thermogenesis and Fever -- 10.1 Temperature regulation as a reflex -- 10.2 The biology of fever -- 10.3 The biology of malignant hyperthermia -- References -- 11 Pharmacology of Thermogenesis -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Central control of thermogenesis -- 11.3 Neural control of shivering and non-shivering thermogenesis -- 11.4 Receptors mediating thermogenic responses in brown adipose tissue -- 11.5 Intracellular mediators of the acute, subacute and chronic effects of sympathetic stimulation -- 11.6 Impact of various pharmacological agents on thermogenesis -- 11.7 Hormonal control of thermogenesis -- 11.8 A rationale for selecting thermogenic agents -- References.
    Abstract: an attempt to rationalize these terminological and conceptual difficulties we have considered the origins of mammalian heat production from two different points of view. The scheme depicted in Fig. 1. 1 illustrates the fate of energy in the body as seen by the nutritionist. After allowing for losses of energy in faeces and urine, the metabolizable energy obtained from food is utilized for main­ taining and increasing body energy content (maintenance, external work, growth and production). The transformation of metabolizable energy into these forms of net energy also involves inevitable energy losses in the form of heat - thermic energy. Similarly, maintaining homeothermy in cold en­ vironments involves shivering and non-shivering thermogenesis (NST) and the energy costs of assimilating nutrients and retaining net energy results in obligatory heat losses due to diet-induced thermogenesis (DIT). This obligatory DIT is mainly due to the energy cost of protein and fat synthesis but, in addition to this, there is an adaptive component of DIT that helps maintain body energy content (i. e. body weight) by dissipating the metabolizable energy consumed in excess of the requirements for maintenance, growth and production. In Fig. 1. 2, we have converted this nutritionist's scheme (A) into one that A B r-------. . . , I I Production, Growth I I External work I I I I Essential energy expenditure NET BASAL Obligatory 1 I ENERGY Maintenance HEAT heat I FASTING at (BMR) productlpn for t ROC thermoneutrallty homeothermia r.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Mammalian Thermogenesis: An Introduction2 Cellular Mechanisms of Heat Dissipation -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The thermodynamics of heat dissipation -- 2.3 Extra-mitochondrial ATP-hydrolysing mechanisms: general considerations -- 2.4 The status of ATP-hydrolysing mechanisms in brown fat -- 2.5 Mitochondrial dissipatory mechanisms: general considerations -- 2.6 The proton short-circuit of brown-fat mitochondria -- 2.7 The molecular basis for the adaptive cold- and diet-induced increase in brown-fat thermogenic capacity -- 2.8 The acute regulation of the proton short-circuit in brown-fat mitochondria -- 2.9 Conclusions -- References -- 3 Brown Fat: An Energy Dissipating Tissue -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 The survival value of an energy dissipator -- 3.3 Anatomy -- 3.4 The capacity for heat production -- 3.5 Evidence for a concerted regulation between substrate supply and respiration rate -- 3.6 Tissue blood flow -- 3.7 The adaptive response to cold exposure -- 3.8 The acute thermogenic response -- 3.9 Alpha- and beta-adrenergic mediated membrane potential changes and metabolism -- 3.10 Sodium pump and thermogenesis -- 3.11 Control of brown-fat thermogenesis -- References -- 4 Autonomic Regulation of Thermogenesis -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Cold exposure -- 4.3 Diet -- 4.4 Summary and conclusions -- References -- 5 Thyroid Hormones and Thermogenesis -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Role of thyroid hormones in thermogenesis -- 5.3 Summary -- References -- 6 Energetics of Maintenance and Growth -- 6.1 Measurement of energy exchange -- 6.2 The energy cost of maintenance and fattening -- 6.3 Food intake and heat production -- 6.4 Eating and rumination -- 6.5 Efficiency of utilization of absorbed nutrients -- 6.6 Regulatory dietary-induced thermogenesis -- 6.7 Body size and heat production -- 6.8 The energetics of growth -- 6.9 Conclusions -- References -- 7 Diet-Induced Thermogenesis -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Force-feeding and diet-induced thermogenesis -- 7.3 Voluntary hyperphagia and diet-induced thermogenesis -- 7.4 Mechanism of diet-induced thermogenesis -- 7.5 Other factors affecting diet-induced thermogenesis -- 7.6 Reduced thermogenesis -- 7.7 Summary -- References -- 8 Thermogenesis and Obesity -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Energy balance in genetically obese rodents -- 8.3 Mechanisms of heat production -- 8.4 Thermogenesis in man -- 8.5 Concluding comments -- References -- 9 Hypermetabolism in Trauma -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Afferent mediators of metabolic alterations -- 9.3 Neuroendocrine responses -- 9.4 Metabolic responses -- 9.5 Cardiovascular responses -- 9.6 Thermoregulatory response -- 9.7 Treatment -- 9.8 Summary -- References -- 10 Thermogenesis and Fever -- 10.1 Temperature regulation as a reflex -- 10.2 The biology of fever -- 10.3 The biology of malignant hyperthermia -- References -- 11 Pharmacology of Thermogenesis -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Central control of thermogenesis -- 11.3 Neural control of shivering and non-shivering thermogenesis -- 11.4 Receptors mediating thermogenic responses in brown adipose tissue -- 11.5 Intracellular mediators of the acute, subacute and chronic effects of sympathetic stimulation -- 11.6 Impact of various pharmacological agents on thermogenesis -- 11.7 Hormonal control of thermogenesis -- 11.8 A rationale for selecting thermogenic agents -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401163705
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Origins And Development Of Small-Scale Steelmaking -- 1.1 The Mini-Steelworks—What is it? -- 1.2 Equipment for Mini-Steelworks—An Historical Perspective -- 1.3 Mini-Steelworks in the 1960s and Later -- 1.4 Technological Developments -- 1.5 Future Prospects -- References -- 2 Arc Furnace Feedstock -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Influence of Process Route and Other Factors on Scrap Availability -- 2.3 The Origins of Steel and Cast Iron Scrap -- 2.4 Scrap Preparation Plant and Associated Equipment -- 2.5 Technical Specification for Ferrous Scrap -- 2.6 Influence of Residuals on Steelmaking Practice -- 2.7 Other Sources of Iron -- 2.8 Other Materials -- References -- 3 Electric Arc Furnaces in Mini-Steelplants -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Scope -- 3.3 Electrical Requirements -- 3.4 Furnace Design -- 3.5 Water-Cooled Panels -- 3.6 Computer Control of Electric Arc Melting Operations -- 3.7 Oxy-Fuel Burners -- 3.8 Scrap Preheating -- 3.9 Continuous Feeding -- 3.10 Foaming Slag -- 3.11 De-Oxidation Practice -- 3.12 Performance Criteria -- 3.13 Ladle Refining -- 3.14 Steels Produced in the Mini-Plant Arc Furnace -- 3.15 The Future of the Arc Furnace in the Mini-Steelplant -- References -- 4 Casting Methods -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Choice of Casting Route -- 4.3 The Ladle -- 4.4 Ingot Casting -- 4.5 Continuous Casting -- 4.6 In-Line Rolling -- 4.7 Horizontal Continuous Casting -- References -- 5 Rolling Mills for Mini-Steelplants -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Product Classification -- 5.3 The Steel Stock -- 5.4 Heating of the Steel for Rolling -- 5.5 Mill Layouts for Small-Scale Steelmaking -- 5.6 Roller Tables, Cooling Beds and Coilers -- 5.7 Shears and Saws -- 5.8 Mill Rolls -- 5.9 Mill Guides -- 5.10 Pass Design -- 5.11 Mill Drives -- 5.12 High Reduction Mills -- References -- 6 Energy Requirements and Environmental Constraints -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Overall Energy Requirements for Steelmaking -- 6.3 Steelmaking and the Environment -- References.
    Abstract: The contents of this volume cover all the major activities associated with small-scale steelmaking in mini-steelworks (except Direct Reduction, on which two comprehensive volumes have recently appeared - see refs 11 & 12, Chapter 2). There is, of course, an immediate problem of agreeing on a suitable definition of mini-steelworks and the entrepreneurial nature of many businesses based on the mini-steelplant route compounds this problem. Nevertheless, as is shown by the lucid review in the opening chapter, it is quite possible to derive a working definition of a mini­ steelworks. The succeeding chapters deal with steelmaking in a linear fashion; a survey of raw materials supply being followed by independent analyses of arc furnace practice, casting and rolling. The volume is rounded off by a consideration of the important topics of energy costs and environmental factors. As anyone associated with iron and steelmaking well knows, the indus­ try is not the exclusive preserve of the metallurgist, although he plays a prominent role in its activities. For this reason, it is hoped that the level of treatment will commend the book to a wide readership. that includes non-metallurgical professionals in plant management and elsewhere, as well as industrial metallurgists. Lecturers in universities, polytechnics and colleges of further education should find this volume useful as a course reader for final year and postgraduate studies of steelmaking.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Origins And Development Of Small-Scale Steelmaking1.1 The Mini-Steelworks-What is it? -- 1.2 Equipment for Mini-Steelworks-An Historical Perspective -- 1.3 Mini-Steelworks in the 1960s and Later -- 1.4 Technological Developments -- 1.5 Future Prospects -- References -- 2 Arc Furnace Feedstock -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Influence of Process Route and Other Factors on Scrap Availability -- 2.3 The Origins of Steel and Cast Iron Scrap -- 2.4 Scrap Preparation Plant and Associated Equipment -- 2.5 Technical Specification for Ferrous Scrap -- 2.6 Influence of Residuals on Steelmaking Practice -- 2.7 Other Sources of Iron -- 2.8 Other Materials -- References -- 3 Electric Arc Furnaces in Mini-Steelplants -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Scope -- 3.3 Electrical Requirements -- 3.4 Furnace Design -- 3.5 Water-Cooled Panels -- 3.6 Computer Control of Electric Arc Melting Operations -- 3.7 Oxy-Fuel Burners -- 3.8 Scrap Preheating -- 3.9 Continuous Feeding -- 3.10 Foaming Slag -- 3.11 De-Oxidation Practice -- 3.12 Performance Criteria -- 3.13 Ladle Refining -- 3.14 Steels Produced in the Mini-Plant Arc Furnace -- 3.15 The Future of the Arc Furnace in the Mini-Steelplant -- References -- 4 Casting Methods -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Choice of Casting Route -- 4.3 The Ladle -- 4.4 Ingot Casting -- 4.5 Continuous Casting -- 4.6 In-Line Rolling -- 4.7 Horizontal Continuous Casting -- References -- 5 Rolling Mills for Mini-Steelplants -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Product Classification -- 5.3 The Steel Stock -- 5.4 Heating of the Steel for Rolling -- 5.5 Mill Layouts for Small-Scale Steelmaking -- 5.6 Roller Tables, Cooling Beds and Coilers -- 5.7 Shears and Saws -- 5.8 Mill Rolls -- 5.9 Mill Guides -- 5.10 Pass Design -- 5.11 Mill Drives -- 5.12 High Reduction Mills -- References -- 6 Energy Requirements and Environmental Constraints -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Overall Energy Requirements for Steelmaking -- 6.3 Steelmaking and the Environment -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959606
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Corporate Planning: Case Study of Corporate Planning, Income Planning and Control -- 2. Organization -- 3. Management by Objectives -- 4. The Performance Appraisal Process -- 5. Education, Training and Development -- 6. Providing Management Information -- 7. Labour Standard Costing -- 8. Establishing Standards For Labour Cost Control -- 9. Using Standards For Labour Cost Control -- 10. Underground Incentive Bonus Systems -- 11. Maintenance Management -- 12. Materials Management -- 13. Compensation Management -- 14. Industrial Relations -- 15. Summary.
    Abstract: This book had its start when Douglas A. Sloan and the late Ralph Davies first decided to share our firm's experience in mine manage­ ment consulting assignments by using this experience as the basis for a mine management and productivity course. Over the years with more and more assignments, the course text notes were continuously updated and improved. However, the notes only reached the relatively few persons in the mining industry who attended each year's courses. The purpose of this book is to make this experience and knowledge available to everyone who has an interest in systematic mine management. The book is based on nearly 500 mine management consulting assignments which over the years were carried out by too many consultants to begin to mention names. However, some of the international experts whose work was used or who directly contrib­ uted must be mentioned. First would be Col. 1. F. Urwick whose books, articles and personal guidance of the author have had a general influence on the whole book and a specific influence on the Organization chapter. Others are John Humble whose work in developing Management by Objectives (MBO) is reflected in that chapter and Patrick H. Irwin for his work in Corporate Planning, which he has written of in that chapter.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Corporate Planning: Case Study of Corporate Planning, Income Planning and Control2. Organization -- 3. Management by Objectives -- 4. The Performance Appraisal Process -- 5. Education, Training and Development -- 6. Providing Management Information -- 7. Labour Standard Costing -- 8. Establishing Standards For Labour Cost Control -- 9. Using Standards For Labour Cost Control -- 10. Underground Incentive Bonus Systems -- 11. Maintenance Management -- 12. Materials Management -- 13. Compensation Management -- 14. Industrial Relations -- 15. Summary.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400974913
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (788p) , digital
    Edition: Third Revised and Enlarged Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Series Founded by H.L. van Breda and Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 5/6
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Logic.
    Abstract: 1. The Phenomenological Movement Defined -- 2. Unrelated Phenomenologies -- 3. Preview -- One / The Preparatory Phase -- I. Franz Brentano (1838–1917): Forerunner of the Phenomenological Movement -- II. Carl Stumpf (1848–1936): Founder of Experimental Phenomenology -- Two / The German Phase of the Movement -- III. The Pure Phenomenology of Edmund Husserl (1859–1938) -- IV. The Original Phenomenological Movement -- V. The Phenomenology of Essences: Max Scheler (1874–1928) -- VI. Phenomenology in the Critical Ontology of Nicolai Hartmann (1882–1950) -- VII. Martin Heidegger (1889–1976) as a Phenomenologist -- Three / The French Phase of the Movement -- Introductory -- VIII. The Beginnings of French Phenomenology -- IX. Gabriel Marcel (1889–1974) as a Phenomenologist -- X. The Phenomenology of Jean-Paul Sartre (1905–1980) -- XI. The Phenomenological Philosophy of Maurice Merleau-Ponty (1908–1961) -- XII. Paul Ricoeur and Some Associates -- XIII. Emmanuel Levinas (Born 1906): Phenomenological Philosophy (by Stephan Strasser) -- Four / The Geography of the Phenomenological Movement -- Five / The Essentials of the Phenomenological Method -- Appendices -- Chart I: Chronology of the Phenomenological Movement in Germany -- Chart II: Chronology of the Phenomenological Movement in France -- Chart III: Chronology of the Phenomenological Movement in the Anglo-American World -- Index of Subjects, Combined with a Selective Glossary of Phenomenological Terms -- Index of Names.
    Abstract: The present attempt to introduce the general philosophical reader to the Phenomenological Movement by way of its history has itself a history which is pertinent to its objective. It may suitably be opened by the following excerpts from a review which Herbert W. Schneider of Columbia University, the Head of the Division for International Cultural Cooperation, Department of Cultural Activities of Unesco from 1953 to 56, wrote in 1950 from France: The influence of Husserl has revolutionized continental philosophies, not because his philosophy has become dominant, but because any philosophy now seeks to accommodate itself to, and express itself in, phenomenological method. It is the sine qua non of critical respectability. In America, on the contrary, phenomenology is in its infancy. The average American student of philosophy, when he picks up a recent volume of philosophy published on the continent of Europe, must first learn the "tricks" of the phenomenological trade and then translate as best he can the real impon of what is said into the kind of imalysis with which he is familiar . . . . No doubt, American education will graduaUy take account of the spread of phenomenological method and terminology, but until it does, American readers of European philosophy have a severe handicap; and this applies not only to existentialism but to almost all current philosophical literature. ' These sentences clearly implied a challenge, if not a mandate, to all those who by background and interpretive ability were in a position to meet it.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400959255
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Population and Community Biology
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Food webs -- 1.1 What and why? -- 1.2 Where? -- 1.3 How? -- 2 Models and their local stability -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Models -- 2.3 Stability -- 2.4 Summary -- Appendix 2A: Taylor’s expansion -- Appendix 2B: An example of calculating eigenvalues -- Appendix 2C: Jacobian matrices -- 3 Stability: other definitions -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Global stability -- 3.3 Species deletion stability -- 3.4 Stability in stochastic environments -- 3.5 Other stability criteria -- 3.6 Summary: models and their stabilities — Is there a best buy? -- 4 Food web complexity I: theoretical results -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Bounds on food web complexity: local stability -- 4.3 Complexity and stability under large perturbations -- 4.4 Summary of theoretical results -- 5 Food web complexity II: empirical results -- 5.1 Direct tests -- 5.2 Indirect tests -- 5.3 Summary -- 6 The length of food chains -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Hypothesis A: Energy flow -- 6.3 Hypothesis B: Size and other design constraints -- 6.4 Hypothesis C: Optimal foraging; why are food chains so long? -- 6.5 Hypothesis D: Dynamical constraints -- 6.6 Summary -- Appendix 6A: Drawing inferences about food web attributes -- 7 The patterns of omnivory -- 7.1 Models of omnivory -- 7.2 Testing the hypotheses -- 7.3 Summary -- 8 Compartments -- 8.1 Reasons for a compartmented design -- 8.2 Testing the hypotheses: habitats as compartments -- 8.3 Testing the hypotheses: compartments within habitats -- 8.4 Four comments -- 8.5 Summary -- 9 Descriptive statistics -- 9.1 Predator—prey ratios -- 9.2 The number of species of prey that a species exploits and the number of species of predator it suffers -- 9.3 Interval and non-interval food webs -- 9.4 Summary -- 10 Food web design: causes and consequences -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Causes -- 10.3 Consequences -- 10.4 Summary.
    Abstract: Often the meanings of words are changed subtly for interesting reasons. The implication of the word 'community' has changed from including all the organisms in an area to only those species at a particular trophic level (and often a taxonomically restricted group), for example, 'bird-community'. If this observation is correct, its probable cause is the dramatic growth in our knowledge of the ecological patterns along trophic levels (I call these horizontal patterns) and the processes that generate them. This book deals with vertical patterns - those across trophic levels -and tries to compensate for their relative neglect. In cataloging a dozen vertical patterns I hope to convince the reader that species interactions across trophic levels are as patterned as those along trophic levels and demand explanations equally forcefully. But this is not the only objective. A limited number of processes shape the patterns of species interaction; to demonstrate their existence is an essential step in understanding why ecosystems are the way they are. To achieve these aims I must resort to both mathematical techniques to develop theories and statistical techniques to decide between rival hypotheses. The level of mathematics is likely to offend nearly everyone. Some will find any mathematics too much, while others will consider the material to be old, familiar ground and probably explained with a poor regard for rigour and generality.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    ISBN: 9789400977204
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (498p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Analecta Husserliana, The Yearbook of Phenomenological Research 12
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Linguistics ; Phenomenology ; Language and languages—Style. ; Science—Philosophy.
    Abstract: Introductory Essay: Poeticanova -- Introductory Essay: Poeticanova -- I Pessimism and Optimism in the Human Condition: The Limit Situations of Existence -- The Present Tide of Pessimism in Philosophy and Letters: Agonistic literature and Cervantes’ Message -- Is the Battle with Alienation the Raison d’Être of Twentieth-Century Protagonists? -- Nihilism, Reason, and Death: Reflections on John Barth’s Floating Opera -- Beckett, Philosophy, and the Self -- Protagonist, Reader, and the Author’s Commitment -- II The Human Spirit On The Rebound -- Nature and Personal Destiny: A Turning Point in the Enterprise of Human Self-Responsibility -- Amor Fati and the Will to Power in Nietzsche -- Jorge Luis Borges—Lover of Labyrinths: A Heideggerian Critique -- Laughter in the Cathedral: Religious Affirmation and Ridicule in the Writings of D. H. Lawrence -- The Enigmatic Child in Literature -- III The Gift of Nature: Man and the Literary Work of Art -- Homecoming in Heidegger and Hebel -- Pastoral Paradoxes -- Reality and Truth in La Comédie Humaine -- Man and Nature: Does the Husserlian Analysis of Pre-Predicative Experience Shed light on the Emergence of Nature in the Work of Art? -- The Language of The Gay Science -- Santayana on Beauty -- IV Genesis of the Aesthetic Reality: Ways and Means -- Heroism and Creativity in Literature: Some Ethical and Aesthetic Aspects -- Permutation and Meaning: A Heideggerian Troisième Voie -- Criticism of Robert Magliola’s Paper -- Mythos and Logos in Plato’s Phaedo -- Sartre’s Conception of the Reader-Writer Relationship -- “Souvenir” and “Imagination” in the Works of Rousseau and Nerval -- Intuitions -- Eidetic Conception and the Analysis of Meaning in Literature -- Annex: Programs of the Conferences from Which the Papers Were Selected -- Index of Names.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    ISBN: 9789400975736
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (256p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Collection Fondée Par H.L Van Breda Et Publiée sous Le Patronage Des Centres D’ Archives - Husserl 89
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Series Founded by H. L. Van Breda and Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 89
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- 2. Husserl’s Thesis that Consciousness Is World-Constitutive and Its Demonstration -- A. Husserl’s Thesis -- B. The Idea of a Demonstration of the Thesis -- 3. The Motivating Problem -- 4. Acquiring the Idea of Pure Transcendental Consciousness -- A. The Thesis of the Natural Attitude -- B. The Psychological Investigation of Consciousness and the Argument that Consciousness Constitutes the World -- 5. The Entry into the Transcendental Realm -- A. The Phenomenological Epoche and Reduction -- B. Constitution and Constitutive Analysis -- C. Summary -- 6. Transcendental Illusion -- A. The Meaning of “Transcendental Illusion” -- B. Realism and Idealism in Husserl’s Philosophy -- C. Husserl’s Demonstration of the Existence of the Possibility of Transcendental Illusion -- 7. Conclusion: Toward a New Introduction to Phenomenology.
    Abstract: There is a remarkable unity to the work of Edmund Husserl, but there are also many difficulties in it. The unity is the result of a single personal and philo­ sophical quest working itself out in concrete phenomenological analyses; the difficulties are due to the inadequacy of initial conceptions which becomes felt as those analyses become progressively deeper and more extensive. ! Anyone who has followed the course of Husserl's work is struck by the constant reemergence of the same problems and by the insightfulness of the inquiries which press toward their solution. However one also becomes aware of Husserl's own dissatisfaction with his work, once so movingly expressed in a 2 personal note. It is the purpose of the present work to examine and revive one of the issues which gave Husserl difficulty, namely, the problem of an intro­ duction to phenomenology. Several of Husserl's writings published after Logical Investigations were either subtitled or referred to by him as "introductions to phenomenology. "3 These works serve to acquaint the reader with the specific character of Husserl's transcendental phenomenology and with the problems to which it is to provide the solution. They include discussions and analyses which pertain to what has come to be known as "ways" into transcendental phenomenology. 4 The issue here is the proper access to transcendental phenomenology.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400958869
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Multiple Forms of Enzymes and the Emergence of the Isoenzyme Concept -- 2. Origins and Structures of Multiple Forms of Enzymes -- Origins of isoenzymes -- Structural differences between isoenzymes and their investigation -- Non-isoenzymic multiple forms of enzymes -- 3. Differences in Properties between Multiple Forms of Enzymes -- Catalytic differences between multiple forms of enzymes -- Physicochemical differences between multiple forms of enzymes -- Immunochemical differences between multiple forms of enzymes -- Properties of multiple forms of enzymes: general considerations -- 4. Distribution and Biological Functions of Multiple Forms of Enzymes -- Distribution of enzymes determined by multiple gene loci -- Physiological function of multiple forms of enzymes -- 5. Multiple Forms of Enzymes in Phylogeny and Genetics -- Gene duplication and the evolution of multiple loci -- Genetics of isoenzymes -- 6. Multiple Forms of Enzymes in Ontogeny -- Changes during normal development -- Changes associated with abnormal development -- 7. Multiple Forms of Enzymes in Diagnostic Enzymology -- Lactate dehydrogenase isoenzymes -- Creatine kinase isoenzymes -- Multiple forms of alkaline phosphatase -- Acid phosphatase isoenzymes -- Other isoenzymes -- References.
    Abstract: The increased interest in multiple forms of enzymes that began with the application of new methods of fractionation to preparations of enzymes and other proteins some 25 years ago led quickly to an appreciation that the existence of enzymes in multiple forms, or isoenzymes, is a general phenomenon. The results of pioneering studies and those which followed in the early years of isoenzyme research consisted, not surprisingly, mainly of descriptions of the existence and characteristics of hetero­ geneity in various enzyme systems. Summaries of these results were provided in books such as J . H. Wilkinson's I soenzymes, the first edition of which appeared in 1965. Some clearer ideas of the nature of the phenomena had become apparent by the time that the second edition of Isoenzymes was called for in 1970, and a limited use of the word isoenzymes itself, to describe only certain of the various categories of enzyme multiplicity then recognized, was already being proposed. Nevertheless, a largely enzyme-by-enzyme oTganization of the contents of the book was still appropriate. Considerable advances, both experimental and conceptual, were made in isoenzyme research in the 1970s, and in 1977 Professor Wilkinson suggested to the present author that these should be taken into account in a joint revision of Isoenzymes. Professor Wilkinson's untimely death put. an end to this project and the present book is therefore the work of a single author.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Multiple Forms of Enzymes and the Emergence of the Isoenzyme Concept2. Origins and Structures of Multiple Forms of Enzymes -- Origins of isoenzymes -- Structural differences between isoenzymes and their investigation -- Non-isoenzymic multiple forms of enzymes -- 3. Differences in Properties between Multiple Forms of Enzymes -- Catalytic differences between multiple forms of enzymes -- Physicochemical differences between multiple forms of enzymes -- Immunochemical differences between multiple forms of enzymes -- Properties of multiple forms of enzymes: general considerations -- 4. Distribution and Biological Functions of Multiple Forms of Enzymes -- Distribution of enzymes determined by multiple gene loci -- Physiological function of multiple forms of enzymes -- 5. Multiple Forms of Enzymes in Phylogeny and Genetics -- Gene duplication and the evolution of multiple loci -- Genetics of isoenzymes -- 6. Multiple Forms of Enzymes in Ontogeny -- Changes during normal development -- Changes associated with abnormal development -- 7. Multiple Forms of Enzymes in Diagnostic Enzymology -- Lactate dehydrogenase isoenzymes -- Creatine kinase isoenzymes -- Multiple forms of alkaline phosphatase -- Acid phosphatase isoenzymes -- Other isoenzymes -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959101
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: General Considerations -- The phase rule -- The ternary space model -- 2 Systems Containing Two Phases -- 3 Systems Containing Three Phases -- Systems Containing Three Phases -- Systems containing a eutectic reaction L ?? + #x03B2; -- Systems containing a peritectic reaction L + ? ? #x03B2; -- Transition between eutectic and peritectic three-phase reactions -- Systems containing a monotectic reaction L1? L2 + ? -- Systems containing a solid state miscibility gap that closes within 36 the system -- 4 Systems Containing Four Phases -- Systems containing a ternary eutectic reaction -- 4.2 Fundamental (2,2) Two-Dimensional Lattice Structures -- 5 Reversible Logic: Fundamentals and New Results -- An intermediate phase stable up to its melting point (i.e. con- 66 gruently melting) exists in one of the binary systems -- An intermediate phase formed by a peritectic reaction exists in one of the binary systems -- More than one binary intermediate phase exists in the system -- Ternary intermediate phases are present -- 6 Reversible Lattice Structure -- Primary phase fields on a liquidus projection -- Curves on a liquidus projection -- Points on a liquidus projection -- Non-equilibrium cooling -- 7 Selected Case Studies of Ternary Systems -- C-Nb-ta -- As-Ga-Zn -- Au-Pb-Sn -- Al-Cr-Ni -- C-Cr-Fe, Cr-Fe-Ni and C-Cr-Fe-Ni -- Fe-O-S -- Ag-Pb-Zn -- Al203-MgO-Si02 -- Answers to Problems -- References -- Graph Paper for Calculations.
    Abstract: INFORMATION concerning phase equilibria, such as can be represented by equilibrium diagrams is important in a number of fields of scientific study, and especially in metallurgy, ceramics, and chemistry. Materials of interest in these fields range through single-component to multi-component sys­ tems, the latter often being very complex. While many industrially im­ portant systems can be represented adequately by binary equilibrium diagrams, ternary diagrams provide a basis for studying a wide range of the more complex systems, such as are encountered in certain industrial alloys, and in slags and ceramics. A number of texts dealing with ternary systems are already available (see for example references 2-8). Some of these are very comprehensive and include many diagrams, and their use will take the student of the sub­ ject to an advanced and detailed level of understanding. The present mono­ graph is intended primarily as an introductory text, which it is hoped will prove useful for undergraduate and postgraduate students of metallurgy and ceramics, in particular. Special attention is given to the requirement of the metallurgist and ceramist to use phase diagrams as a means of under­ standing phase changes that occur during heating and cooling, as in solidi­ fication and heat treatment of alloys. This aspect is emphasized in terms of the principles of solidification reactions in relation to solid state constitu­ tion, particularly making use of liquidus and solidus projections.
    Description / Table of Contents: General ConsiderationsThe phase rule -- The ternary space model -- 2 Systems Containing Two Phases -- 3 Systems Containing Three Phases -- Systems Containing Three Phases -- Systems containing a eutectic reaction L ?? + #x03B2; -- Systems containing a peritectic reaction L + ? ? #x03B2; -- Transition between eutectic and peritectic three-phase reactions -- Systems containing a monotectic reaction L1? L2 + ? -- Systems containing a solid state miscibility gap that closes within 36 the system -- 4 Systems Containing Four Phases -- Systems containing a ternary eutectic reaction -- 4.2 Fundamental (2,2) Two-Dimensional Lattice Structures -- 5 Reversible Logic: Fundamentals and New Results -- An intermediate phase stable up to its melting point (i.e. con- 66 gruently melting) exists in one of the binary systems -- An intermediate phase formed by a peritectic reaction exists in one of the binary systems -- More than one binary intermediate phase exists in the system -- Ternary intermediate phases are present -- 6 Reversible Lattice Structure -- Primary phase fields on a liquidus projection -- Curves on a liquidus projection -- Points on a liquidus projection -- Non-equilibrium cooling -- 7 Selected Case Studies of Ternary Systems -- C-Nb-ta -- As-Ga-Zn -- Au-Pb-Sn -- Al-Cr-Ni -- C-Cr-Fe, Cr-Fe-Ni and C-Cr-Fe-Ni -- Fe-O-S -- Ag-Pb-Zn -- Al203-MgO-Si02 -- Answers to Problems -- References -- Graph Paper for Calculations.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959460
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Materials (A1) -- 1.1 Stress and strain -- 1.2 Hooke’s Law and Young’s Modulus -- 1.3 Testing of materials: load—extension graphs -- Exercises 1.1 -- 2. Heat -- 2.1 Linear and cubical expansion (B2) -- Exercises 2.1 -- 2.2 Sensible heat and latent heat (B3) -- 2.3 Specific heat capacity -- 2.4 Boiling point of liquids -- Exercises 2.2 -- 2.5 Elementary thermodynamics (B4) -- Exercises 2.3 -- 2.6 Compression ratios (B5) -- Exercises 2.4 -- 2.7 Engine power and efficiency (B6) -- Exercises 2.5 -- 2.8 Internal combustion engine cycles -- 2.9 Imep, bmep and mechanical efficiency -- Exercises 2.6 -- 2.10 Engine torque and brake power -- 2.11 Fuel consumption and thermal efficiency -- Exercises 2.7 -- 2.12 Engine testing and characteristic curves -- 2.13 Conservation of energy -- 2.14 Indicated power and mechanical efficiency -- Exercises 2.8 -- Exercises 2.9 -- 2.15 Fuel consumption and thermal efficiency -- 2.16 Ignition tests -- 2.17 Heat balance tests -- Exercises 2.10 -- 2.18 Fuels used in IC engines (B7) -- 3. Dynamics -- 3.1 Velocity and acceleration (C8) -- Exercises 3.1 -- 3.2 Free falling and projected bodies -- Exercises 3.2 -- 3.3 Angular and linear motion (C9) -- Exercises 3.3 -- 3.4 Friction and bearings (C10) -- Exercises 3.4 -- 3.5 Clutches -- Exercises 3.5 -- 3.6 Brakes -- Exercises 3.6 -- 4. Lubrication (D11) -- 4.1 Principles of bearings and their uses -- 4.2 Ball and roller bearings -- 4.3 Properties of lubricating oils -- 5. Statics -- 5.1 Triangle and polygon of forces (E13) -- 5.2 Piston, connecting rod and cylinder wall forces -- 5.3 Torque at the crankshaft -- 5.4 Piston displacement -- 5.5 Wheel balance -- Exercises 5.1 -- 5.6 Principle of moments (E14) -- 5.7 Centre of gravity -- Exercises 5.2 -- 5.8 Reaction of beam supports (E15) -- 5.9 Bending moments and shearing forces -- Exercises 5.3 -- 5.10 Springs and torsion bars (E16) -- Exercises 5.4 -- 5.11 Transmission and steering components (E17) -- Exercises 5.5 -- 6. Electricity (F18) -- 6.1 The secondary cell -- 6.2 Battery developments -- Exercises 6.1 -- 7. Miscellaneous exercises -- 7.1 Materials -- 7.2 Heat -- 7.3 Dynamics -- 7.4 Statics -- Answers to Exercises.
    Abstract: A motor vehicle technician has to attain high technological skills to enable him or her to diagnose faults and service modern transport vehicles and their components. Science is a branch of study concerned with the systematic investigation of observed facts, and forms an important foundation on which to build sound engineering practice. Such a background will stimulate personal development by increasing confidence and intellectual ability. This is the first of two books planned to cover the TEe U77/413 and 415 Motor Vehicle Science II and III Model programmes of study. Part 1 is intended to cover the requirements of Motor Vehicle Science II. The fundamental principles of engineering science have been applied to the motor vehicle in a systematic and progressive manner to enable the reader to follow most of the work on his or her initiative. The book is aimed mainly at the student who is attending a recognized college course leading to a Technician qualification. The importance of the college lecturer and his individual method of teaching the subject remains of prime importance to the student. The book is designed to become a valid source of information to assist the student both in and out of the classroom environment to attain his or her objective. Numerous fully worked and exercise examples are given. Plenty of practice in solving problems is an excellent way to gain knowledge of the subject, and improve confidence in preparation for an examination.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Materials (A1)1.1 Stress and strain -- 1.2 Hooke’s Law and Young’s Modulus -- 1.3 Testing of materials: load-extension graphs -- Exercises 1.1 -- 2. Heat -- 2.1 Linear and cubical expansion (B2) -- Exercises 2.1 -- 2.2 Sensible heat and latent heat (B3) -- 2.3 Specific heat capacity -- 2.4 Boiling point of liquids -- Exercises 2.2 -- 2.5 Elementary thermodynamics (B4) -- Exercises 2.3 -- 2.6 Compression ratios (B5) -- Exercises 2.4 -- 2.7 Engine power and efficiency (B6) -- Exercises 2.5 -- 2.8 Internal combustion engine cycles -- 2.9 Imep, bmep and mechanical efficiency -- Exercises 2.6 -- 2.10 Engine torque and brake power -- 2.11 Fuel consumption and thermal efficiency -- Exercises 2.7 -- 2.12 Engine testing and characteristic curves -- 2.13 Conservation of energy -- 2.14 Indicated power and mechanical efficiency -- Exercises 2.8 -- Exercises 2.9 -- 2.15 Fuel consumption and thermal efficiency -- 2.16 Ignition tests -- 2.17 Heat balance tests -- Exercises 2.10 -- 2.18 Fuels used in IC engines (B7) -- 3. Dynamics -- 3.1 Velocity and acceleration (C8) -- Exercises 3.1 -- 3.2 Free falling and projected bodies -- Exercises 3.2 -- 3.3 Angular and linear motion (C9) -- Exercises 3.3 -- 3.4 Friction and bearings (C10) -- Exercises 3.4 -- 3.5 Clutches -- Exercises 3.5 -- 3.6 Brakes -- Exercises 3.6 -- 4. Lubrication (D11) -- 4.1 Principles of bearings and their uses -- 4.2 Ball and roller bearings -- 4.3 Properties of lubricating oils -- 5. Statics -- 5.1 Triangle and polygon of forces (E13) -- 5.2 Piston, connecting rod and cylinder wall forces -- 5.3 Torque at the crankshaft -- 5.4 Piston displacement -- 5.5 Wheel balance -- Exercises 5.1 -- 5.6 Principle of moments (E14) -- 5.7 Centre of gravity -- Exercises 5.2 -- 5.8 Reaction of beam supports (E15) -- 5.9 Bending moments and shearing forces -- Exercises 5.3 -- 5.10 Springs and torsion bars (E16) -- Exercises 5.4 -- 5.11 Transmission and steering components (E17) -- Exercises 5.5 -- 6. Electricity (F18) -- 6.1 The secondary cell -- 6.2 Battery developments -- Exercises 6.1 -- 7. Miscellaneous exercises -- 7.1 Materials -- 7.2 Heat -- 7.3 Dynamics -- 7.4 Statics -- Answers to Exercises.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    ISBN: 9789401197281
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Dosage Design — Past, Present and Future -- 2. Radiopharmaceutical Targeting in Nuclear Medicine -- 3. Data Handling and Computation in Radionuclide Studies -- 4. Choice of Radionuclides for Scintigraphy -- 5. Formulation of Radiopharmaceuticals -- 6. Quality Control of Radiopharmaceuticals -- 7. Radiopharmaceutical Distribution Studies in the Rat -- 8. Studies of Radiolabelled Preparations in the Rabbit -- 9. The Utilisation of Short-Lived Radionuclides in the Assessment of Formulation and In Vivo Disposition of Drugs -- 10. Gastrointestinal Transit of Gamma-Emitting Radionuclide Labelled Preparations -- 11. Use of Multiple Pinhole External Scintigraphy to Monitor Tablet Disintegration in Vivo -- 12. Spreading Characteristics of Proprietary Rectal Steroid Preparations -- 13. In Vivo Radioimmunodetection of Cancer -- 14. Therapeutic Aerosol Deposition -- 15. The Evaluation of Parenterally Administered Emulsion Formulations -- 16. In Vivo Distributions of 99mTc-Labelled Liposomes -- 17. Factors Influencing the Clearance Rates of Colloidal Particles from the Rabbit Knee Joint -- 18. The Distribution of Radiolabelled Drug in Animals Infected with Cutaneous Leishmaniasis: Comparison of Free and Liposome-Bound Sodium Stibogluconate -- 19. Poster Abstracts -- 19.1 (1-11C)-Acetate — An Agent for the Tomographic Study of Myocardial Metabolism -- 19.2 Bone Scanning in Breast Cancer: Identification of the High-Risk Patient to Increase Positive Yield -- 19.3 Analysis of Gastric Emptying: a Standardised Technique -- 19.4 Intestinal Transit Time of 51Cr-Labelled Pellets of Different Densities -- 19.5 Deposition of Cobalt-57 in the Rat -- 19.6 Studies on the Systemic Bioavailability of Buprenorphine by Various Routes of Administration -- 19.7 The Clearance of Liposomes Administered by the Intramuscular Route -- 19.8 The Clearance of Polystyrene Microspheres from an Intramuscular Injection Site -- 19.9 The Clearance of Albumin Microspheres from an Intramuscular Injection Site -- 19.10 Gastric Emptying of Oils in the Rat -- 19.11 Evaluation of an Oral Sustained-Release Preparation by Gamma Scintigraphy -- 19.12 Spreading of Suppository Bases Assessed with Histological and Scintigraphic Techniques -- 19.13 Studies on Microencapsulation using Radionuclides.
    Abstract: The use of gamma-emitting radionuclides for diagnostic imaging in nuclear medicine has been established for many years. Sophisticated gamma ray detecting camera systems and computer links enable the clinical investigator to image different regions of the body and to quantify organ function. Parallel developments have also occurred in the field of radiopharmaceuticals, and today a wide range of products is available that will exhibit specific uptake within target tissues following parenteral administration. For example, radioiodide is taken up by the thyroid and iodinated fatty acids can be used to image the myocardium. Labelled antibodies have been used with success to target certain tumours. The concept of targeting has also been considered by pharmaceutical scientists who wish to deliver drugs rather than radionuclides to specific sites in the body. The systems that have been employed are often physically similar to those used as radiopharmaceuticals (for example colloids, aerosols and liposomes). Furthermore, pioneering work by Digenis and others in the United States States and by Alpsten and co-workers (1976)in Sweden had demonstrated the potential of gamma scintigraphy for investigating the fate of tablets and capsules in the gastrointestinal tract of man in a non­ invasive way. In 1979, the Biopharmaceutics Research Group at Nottingham together with academic pharmacists from Manchester held a one-day syffiposium at Nottingham University to discuss how radio­ nuclides could be used in drug formulation studies to provide better approaches for the delivery of drugs to their sitesof action.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Dosage Design - Past, Present and Future2. Radiopharmaceutical Targeting in Nuclear Medicine -- 3. Data Handling and Computation in Radionuclide Studies -- 4. Choice of Radionuclides for Scintigraphy -- 5. Formulation of Radiopharmaceuticals -- 6. Quality Control of Radiopharmaceuticals -- 7. Radiopharmaceutical Distribution Studies in the Rat -- 8. Studies of Radiolabelled Preparations in the Rabbit -- 9. The Utilisation of Short-Lived Radionuclides in the Assessment of Formulation and In Vivo Disposition of Drugs -- 10. Gastrointestinal Transit of Gamma-Emitting Radionuclide Labelled Preparations -- 11. Use of Multiple Pinhole External Scintigraphy to Monitor Tablet Disintegration in Vivo -- 12. Spreading Characteristics of Proprietary Rectal Steroid Preparations -- 13. In Vivo Radioimmunodetection of Cancer -- 14. Therapeutic Aerosol Deposition -- 15. The Evaluation of Parenterally Administered Emulsion Formulations -- 16. In Vivo Distributions of 99mTc-Labelled Liposomes -- 17. Factors Influencing the Clearance Rates of Colloidal Particles from the Rabbit Knee Joint -- 18. The Distribution of Radiolabelled Drug in Animals Infected with Cutaneous Leishmaniasis: Comparison of Free and Liposome-Bound Sodium Stibogluconate -- 19. Poster Abstracts -- 19.1 (1-11C)-Acetate - An Agent for the Tomographic Study of Myocardial Metabolism -- 19.2 Bone Scanning in Breast Cancer: Identification of the High-Risk Patient to Increase Positive Yield -- 19.3 Analysis of Gastric Emptying: a Standardised Technique -- 19.4 Intestinal Transit Time of 51Cr-Labelled Pellets of Different Densities -- 19.5 Deposition of Cobalt-57 in the Rat -- 19.6 Studies on the Systemic Bioavailability of Buprenorphine by Various Routes of Administration -- 19.7 The Clearance of Liposomes Administered by the Intramuscular Route -- 19.8 The Clearance of Polystyrene Microspheres from an Intramuscular Injection Site -- 19.9 The Clearance of Albumin Microspheres from an Intramuscular Injection Site -- 19.10 Gastric Emptying of Oils in the Rat -- 19.11 Evaluation of an Oral Sustained-Release Preparation by Gamma Scintigraphy -- 19.12 Spreading of Suppository Bases Assessed with Histological and Scintigraphic Techniques -- 19.13 Studies on Microencapsulation using Radionuclides.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    ISBN: 9789401093835
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (446p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 154
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Semantics ; Phenomenology ; History ; Semiotics.
    Abstract: Analytical Table of Contents -- I/Intentionality and Intensionality -- 1. The Intentionality of Acts of Consciousness -- 2. Some Main Characteristics of “Intentional Relations” -- 3. The Intensionality of Act-Contexts -- 4. Intensionality vis-à-vis Intentionality -- II/Some Classical Approaches to the Problems of Intentionality and Intensionality -- 1. Theories of Intentionality as Theories About the Objects of Intention -- 2. Object-Theories of Intentionality -- III/Fundamentals of Husserl’s Theory of Intentionality -- 1. Husserl’s Phenomenological Approach to Intentionality -- 2. “Phenomenological Content” -- 3. Husserl’s Basic Theory: Intention via Sinn -- IV/Husserl’s Theory of Noematic Sinn -- 1. Interpreting Noematic Sinn -- 2. Husserl’s Identification of Linguistic Meaning and Noematic Sinn -- 3. How Is Intention Achieved via Sinn? -- V/Husserl’s Notion of Horizon -- 1. Meaning and Possible Experience: The Turn to Husserl’s Notion of Horizon -- 2. Husserl’s Conception of Horizon -- 3. Horizon and Background Beliefs -- 4. The Structure of an Act’s Horizon 25 -- 5. Toward a Generalized Theory of Horizon -- VI/Horizon-Analysis and the Possible-Worlds Explication of Meaning -- 1. Horizon-Analysis as Explication of Sinn and Intention -- 2. The Explication of Meaning in Terms of Possible Worlds -- 3. The Basis in Husserl for a Possible-Worlds Explication of Meaning and Intention -- VII/Intentionality and Possible-Worlds Semantics -- 1. Intentionality in Possible-Worlds Theory -- 2. Possible-Worlds Semantics for Propositional Attitudes -- 3. Intentionality in Possible-Worlds Semantics for Propositional Attitudes -- 4. A Husserlian Possible-Worlds Semantics for Propositional Attitudes -- VIII/Definite, or De Re, Intention in a Husserlian Framework -- 1. The Characterization of Definite, or De Re, Intention -- 2. Perceptual Acquaintance -- 3. Identity, Individuation, and Individuation in Consciousness -- 4. Toward a Phenomenological Account of Individuative Consciousness.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    ISBN: 9789400957787
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- References to Preface and Chapter 1 -- I: Methods -- 2 Extraction of Organic Acids from Physiological Fluids -- 3 Derivatives of Organic Acids -- 4 Separation, Quantification and Identification -- 5 Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry -- 6 Volatile Carboxylic Acids -- References to Part I -- II: Organic Acids in Physiological Fluids from Normal Subjects -- 7 Organic Acids in Blood and Urine from Normal Healthy Adults and Children -- 8 Organic Acids in Physiological Fluids Other than Urine and Blood -- References to Part II -- III: Organic Acids in Human Metabolic Diseases (The Organic Acidurias) -- 9 Organic Acids in the Study of Metabolic Diseases -- 10 Disorders of Branched-Chain Amino Acid Metabolism -- 11 Disorders of Propionate and Methylmalonate Metabolism -- 12 Specific Causes of Congenital Keto Acidosis in Infants -- 13 Disorders of l-Lysine Metabolism -- 14 The Dicarboxylic Acidurias -- 15 Congenital Lactic Acidurias and Disorders of Pyruvate Metabolism -- 16 Organic Acidurias due to Disorders in Other Metabolic Pathways -- Appendix of Mass-Spectrometric and Gas-Chromatographic Data.
    Abstract: The writing of this book was prompted by the need for a comprehensive of current data on organic acids suitable for both newcomers and collection established researchers in this field. The only previous text of the kind was the excellent review by Nordmann and Nordmann (1961), and at that time the main method of analysis was paper chromatography with liquid chromatography being used in a limited way. Only three diseases in which organic acids accumulate were known (primary hyperoxaluria, phenylketonuria and alcaptonuria). Since then, with the development of gas chromatography and mass spectrometry, and the further development ofliquid chromatography, knowledge concerning the nature of the organic acids in physiological fluids has been greatly extended. At the same time, the number of organic acidurias has increased dramatically, there being now some 40-50 known diseases of this type. During the past 15 years or so, there have been several reviews, dealing with either specific diseases or groups of diseases (Gompertz, 1972, 1974; Tanaka, 1975), or presenting the proceedings of symposia (Stern and Toothill, 1972) or workshops (Marner et al. , 1974). This present text deals comprehensively and in detail with the organic acids in human physiological fluids in health and in disease states, and is particularly concerned with the methods necessary for their separation, determination and indentification.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 IntroductionReferences to Preface and Chapter 1 -- I: Methods -- 2 Extraction of Organic Acids from Physiological Fluids -- 3 Derivatives of Organic Acids -- 4 Separation, Quantification and Identification -- 5 Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry -- 6 Volatile Carboxylic Acids -- References to Part I -- II: Organic Acids in Physiological Fluids from Normal Subjects -- 7 Organic Acids in Blood and Urine from Normal Healthy Adults and Children -- 8 Organic Acids in Physiological Fluids Other than Urine and Blood -- References to Part II -- III: Organic Acids in Human Metabolic Diseases (The Organic Acidurias) -- 9 Organic Acids in the Study of Metabolic Diseases -- 10 Disorders of Branched-Chain Amino Acid Metabolism -- 11 Disorders of Propionate and Methylmalonate Metabolism -- 12 Specific Causes of Congenital Keto Acidosis in Infants -- 13 Disorders of l-Lysine Metabolism -- 14 The Dicarboxylic Acidurias -- 15 Congenital Lactic Acidurias and Disorders of Pyruvate Metabolism -- 16 Organic Acidurias due to Disorders in Other Metabolic Pathways -- Appendix of Mass-Spectrometric and Gas-Chromatographic Data.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959491
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 Biological membranes -- 2.1 Components of biological membranes -- 2.2 The phospholipid bilayer -- 2.3 Fluidity of the bilayer -- 2.4 Reservations on the fluid mosaic model of membrane structure -- References -- 3 Membrane lipids -- 3.1 Fatty acyl chains -- 3.2 Phase transitions -- 3.3 Trans-bilayer asymmetry -- References -- 4 Membrane proteins -- 4.1 Integral membrane proteins -- 4.2 Peripheral membrane proteins -- References -- 5 Membrane biosynthesis -- 5.1 Membrane lipid synthesis -- 5.2 Membrane protein synthesis -- 5.3 Integral protein synthesis -- 5.4 Peripheral membrane proteins -- 5.5 Factors affecting intracellular localization -- 5.6 Membrane turnover -- References.
    Abstract: The student of biological science in his final years as an undergraduate and his first years as a graduate is expected to gain some familiarity with current research at the frontiers of his discipline. New research work is published in a perplexing diversity of publications and is inevitably concerned with the minutiae of the subject. The sheer number of research journals and papers also causes confusion and difficulties of assimilation. Review articles usually presuppose a background knowledge of the field and are inevitably rather restricted in scope. There is thus a need for short but authoritative introductions to those areas of modern biological research which are either not dealt with in standard introductory textbooks or are not dealt with in sufficient detail to enable the student to go on from them to read scholarly reviews with profit. This series of books is designed to satisfy this need. The authors have been asked to produce a brief outline of their subject assuming that their readers will have read and remembered much of a standard introductory textbook of biology. This outline then sets out to provide by building on this basis, the conceptual framework within which modern research work is progressing and aims to give the reader an indication of the problems, both conceptual and practical, which must be overcome if progress is to be maintained.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 Biological membranes -- 2.1 Components of biological membranes -- 2.2 The phospholipid bilayer -- 2.3 Fluidity of the bilayer -- 2.4 Reservations on the fluid mosaic model of membrane structure -- References -- 3 Membrane lipids -- 3.1 Fatty acyl chains -- 3.2 Phase transitions -- 3.3 Trans-bilayer asymmetry -- References -- 4 Membrane proteins -- 4.1 Integral membrane proteins -- 4.2 Peripheral membrane proteins -- References -- 5 Membrane biosynthesis -- 5.1 Membrane lipid synthesis -- 5.2 Membrane protein synthesis -- 5.3 Integral protein synthesis -- 5.4 Peripheral membrane proteins -- 5.5 Factors affecting intracellular localization -- 5.6 Membrane turnover -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400957268
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Background and outline -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 History of research on modern offshore tidal current sedimentation -- 1.3 A depositional surface for late Holocene deposits -- 1.4 Limits and outline of the book -- 2. Tidal currents of the continental shelf -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Tide generating forces and the ocean’s response -- 2.3 Tidal currents in shelf seas -- 2.4 Net sand transport caused by tidal current asymmetries -- 2.5 Flow near the sea floor -- 2.6 Internal tides -- 2.7 Tides past -- 2.8 Main conclusions -- 3. Bedforms -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Relevant flume bedforms -- 3.3 Transverse bedforms of the continental shelf 34 -- 3.4 Longitudinal bedforms of the continental shelf -- 3.5 Relationship between bedforms -- 3.6 Aeolian equivalents -- 3.7 Main conclusions -- 4. Sand transport -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Relation of sand transport rate to tidal current speed -- 4.3 Geographical variation in sand transport rate -- 4.4 Net sand transport by tidal currents -- 4.5 Temporal variations of sand transport rate and direction in a tidal sea -- 4.6 Growth, migration and decay of sand waves in the Southern Bight of the North Sea by total water movements -- 4.7 Local sand transport on modern sand banks -- 4.8 Main conclusions -- 5. Offshore tidal deposits: sand sheet and sand bank facies -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Late Holocene sand and gravel sheet facies -- 5.3 Sand bank facies -- 5.4 Sediment and faunal indicators of shape, depth and exposure of continental shelves -- 5.5 Longer term evolution of the deposits -- 5.6 Sand and gravel deposits of non-tidal marine currents -- 5.7 Main conclusions -- 6. Shelly faunas associated with temperate offshore tidal deposits -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Faunal associations -- 6.3 Bioturbation -- 6.4 Topics and areas excluded -- 6.5 Temperate water regions studied and their geological importance -- 6.6 Faunas in shallow nearshore waters -- 6.7 Faunas of the middle and outer continental shelf -- 6.8 Faunas of a bed-load parting -- 6.9 Faunas associated with bedform zones in the Western English Channel -- 6.10 Faunas associated with bedform zones in the Bristol Channel -- 6.11 Faunas associated with bedform zones in the Southern North Sea -- 6.12 Faunas associated with bedform zones on the Atlantic continental shelf between Brittany and Scotland -- 6.13 Faunas of active sand banks -- 6.14 Faunal evidence for stability of sand waves -- 6.15 Faunas as environmental indicators -- 6.16 Factors determining the faunal composition of death assemblages in shell gravels -- 6.17 Age of temperate water carbonates -- 6.18 Relative proportions of the major carbonate producers in death assemblages of continental shelf carbonates -- 6.18.1 Faunal composition of death assemblages in shell gravels in the strong current areas, Western English Channel and Celtic Sea -- 6.18.2 Faunal composition of death assemblages in shell gravels on the continental shelf west of Scotland -- 6.19 Temporal changes in the faunal composition of shell gravels -- 6.20 Long term evolution of temperate shelf carbonates -- 6.21 Applications to the fossil record -- 6.22 Main conclusions -- 7. Ancient offshore tidal deposits -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Recognition of ancient offshore tidal current activity -- 7.3 Structures preserved in ancient offshore tidal current deposits -- 7.4 Tidal currents aided by storm processes -- 7.5 Factors controlling the structure and composition of offshore tidal sediments through geological time -- 7.6 Some possible palaeotidal regimes -- 7.7 Sedimentology of a tidal sea: the Lower Greensand of southern England -- 7.8 Tidal currents through geological time: implications for future studies -- 7.9 Main conclusions -- REFERENCES.
    Abstract: In the early 1970s a start was made on a broad review of what was known or could be surmised about sedimentation by strong tidal currents on modern continental shelves. This task was initiated because of the need to define the next phase of research in this field by the Marine Geology Group of the Institute of Oceano­ graphic Sciences. Related indications of the longer term evolution of the deposits were sought by close reference to the nature of modern tidal currents and the supposedly offshore tidal deposits of ancient seas. As the review grew in completeness it became of increasing relevance to a wider audience so it was amalgamated with the new results and shaped as a book. The fruits of the long-continued discussions within and outside the Geology Group have served to improve understanding of the processes and products of offshore tidal current sedimentation. On the other hand, the discussions have blurred the parts played by the people concerned. This applies to all chapters in varying degrees, but is especially true for Chapters 3, 4 and 5. The authorship attributed to each chapter therefore seeks to reflect those who were most con­ cerned with it.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Background and outline1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 History of research on modern offshore tidal current sedimentation -- 1.3 A depositional surface for late Holocene deposits -- 1.4 Limits and outline of the book -- 2. Tidal currents of the continental shelf -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Tide generating forces and the ocean’s response -- 2.3 Tidal currents in shelf seas -- 2.4 Net sand transport caused by tidal current asymmetries -- 2.5 Flow near the sea floor -- 2.6 Internal tides -- 2.7 Tides past -- 2.8 Main conclusions -- 3. Bedforms -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Relevant flume bedforms -- 3.3 Transverse bedforms of the continental shelf 34 -- 3.4 Longitudinal bedforms of the continental shelf -- 3.5 Relationship between bedforms -- 3.6 Aeolian equivalents -- 3.7 Main conclusions -- 4. Sand transport -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Relation of sand transport rate to tidal current speed -- 4.3 Geographical variation in sand transport rate -- 4.4 Net sand transport by tidal currents -- 4.5 Temporal variations of sand transport rate and direction in a tidal sea -- 4.6 Growth, migration and decay of sand waves in the Southern Bight of the North Sea by total water movements -- 4.7 Local sand transport on modern sand banks -- 4.8 Main conclusions -- 5. Offshore tidal deposits: sand sheet and sand bank facies -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Late Holocene sand and gravel sheet facies -- 5.3 Sand bank facies -- 5.4 Sediment and faunal indicators of shape, depth and exposure of continental shelves -- 5.5 Longer term evolution of the deposits -- 5.6 Sand and gravel deposits of non-tidal marine currents -- 5.7 Main conclusions -- 6. Shelly faunas associated with temperate offshore tidal deposits -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Faunal associations -- 6.3 Bioturbation -- 6.4 Topics and areas excluded -- 6.5 Temperate water regions studied and their geological importance -- 6.6 Faunas in shallow nearshore waters -- 6.7 Faunas of the middle and outer continental shelf -- 6.8 Faunas of a bed-load parting -- 6.9 Faunas associated with bedform zones in the Western English Channel -- 6.10 Faunas associated with bedform zones in the Bristol Channel -- 6.11 Faunas associated with bedform zones in the Southern North Sea -- 6.12 Faunas associated with bedform zones on the Atlantic continental shelf between Brittany and Scotland -- 6.13 Faunas of active sand banks -- 6.14 Faunal evidence for stability of sand waves -- 6.15 Faunas as environmental indicators -- 6.16 Factors determining the faunal composition of death assemblages in shell gravels -- 6.17 Age of temperate water carbonates -- 6.18 Relative proportions of the major carbonate producers in death assemblages of continental shelf carbonates -- 6.18.1 Faunal composition of death assemblages in shell gravels in the strong current areas, Western English Channel and Celtic Sea -- 6.18.2 Faunal composition of death assemblages in shell gravels on the continental shelf west of Scotland -- 6.19 Temporal changes in the faunal composition of shell gravels -- 6.20 Long term evolution of temperate shelf carbonates -- 6.21 Applications to the fossil record -- 6.22 Main conclusions -- 7. Ancient offshore tidal deposits -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Recognition of ancient offshore tidal current activity -- 7.3 Structures preserved in ancient offshore tidal current deposits -- 7.4 Tidal currents aided by storm processes -- 7.5 Factors controlling the structure and composition of offshore tidal sediments through geological time -- 7.6 Some possible palaeotidal regimes -- 7.7 Sedimentology of a tidal sea: the Lower Greensand of southern England -- 7.8 Tidal currents through geological time: implications for future studies -- 7.9 Main conclusions -- REFERENCES.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401159784
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction — What are metamorphic rocks? -- What does a metamorphic rock look like? -- The make-up of metamorphic rocks -- Metamorphic rock textures -- Metamorphic reactions -- Field relations of metamorphic rocks -- Uses of metamorphic rocks -- What this book is about -- Summary -- Exercise -- 2 How rocks are changed — The factors controlling metamorphism -- The Earth’s heat -- Where does the heat come from? -- How does the heat travel? -- Heat flow -- The geothermal gradient -- Pressure in the Earth -- What is pore-fluid pressure? -- Stress and strain in the crust -- The driving force for metamorphic reactions -- Equilibrium in metamorphic reactions -- Crystal growth during metamorphism -- Diffusion during metamorphism -- Recrystallisation during metamorphism -- Metamorphism and crustal processes -- Plate tectonics and metamorphic rocks -- Metamorphic grades, zones and facies -- Classifying metamorphic processes -- Summary page -- Exercises -- 3 Metamorphic terrains I -- Contact metamorphism -- Dynamic metamorphic rocks -- Summary -- Exercises -- 4 Metamorphic terrains II -- Regional metamorphism -- Metamorphic rocks in Precambrian shields -- High-pressure—low-temperature regional metamorphism -- Summary -- Exercises -- 5 Mountain building and metamorphic rocks -- Continental collision zones -- Continent/ocean collision zones -- Metamorphic belts through time -- Heat flow with time -- Evolution of the Earth’s crust -- Metamorphic rocks and the early history of the Earth -- Summary -- Exercises -- 6 The timing of metamorphic events -- Metasomatism — bulk chemical change -- Further reading -- Answers to exercises.
    Abstract: This book is about metamorphic rocks: the processes involved in their formation and the reasons why they occur at particular places on the continents. It has been written to serve as an elementary text on the subjects of metamorphism and mountain building for non-specialist stu­ dents of geology. It will be equally useful where geology is either the main or subsidiary subject and could be used by students intending to advance further in geology (the list of advanced texts in the further reading section would be more appropriate to such students). My inten­ tion in writing this book has been to try to dispel the notion that metamorphism comprises the 'haunted wing' of geology. Admittedly, there are rather a large number of technical terms in the book, but I hope that after working through it you will not find metamorphism an unduly difficult or obscure aspect of geology. Throughout, I have emphasised the strong links between mountain building, plate tectonics and metamorphic processes. The book introduces metamorphic rocks by considering their textures and field relations, then moves on to deal with the factors controlling metamorphism. Case studies of areas of metamorphic rocks are then presented in the context of modern theories of the Earth's activity, and the place of metamorphic rocks in the formation of ancient and young mountain belts is analysed. New technical terms and concepts are explained in context as they are introduced, important terms being emphasised in bold print.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction - What are metamorphic rocks?What does a metamorphic rock look like? -- The make-up of metamorphic rocks -- Metamorphic rock textures -- Metamorphic reactions -- Field relations of metamorphic rocks -- Uses of metamorphic rocks -- What this book is about -- Summary -- Exercise -- 2 How rocks are changed - The factors controlling metamorphism -- The Earth’s heat -- Where does the heat come from? -- How does the heat travel? -- Heat flow -- The geothermal gradient -- Pressure in the Earth -- What is pore-fluid pressure? -- Stress and strain in the crust -- The driving force for metamorphic reactions -- Equilibrium in metamorphic reactions -- Crystal growth during metamorphism -- Diffusion during metamorphism -- Recrystallisation during metamorphism -- Metamorphism and crustal processes -- Plate tectonics and metamorphic rocks -- Metamorphic grades, zones and facies -- Classifying metamorphic processes -- Summary page -- Exercises -- 3 Metamorphic terrains I -- Contact metamorphism -- Dynamic metamorphic rocks -- Summary -- Exercises -- 4 Metamorphic terrains II -- Regional metamorphism -- Metamorphic rocks in Precambrian shields -- High-pressure-low-temperature regional metamorphism -- Summary -- Exercises -- 5 Mountain building and metamorphic rocks -- Continental collision zones -- Continent/ocean collision zones -- Metamorphic belts through time -- Heat flow with time -- Evolution of the Earth’s crust -- Metamorphic rocks and the early history of the Earth -- Summary -- Exercises -- 6 The timing of metamorphic events -- Metasomatism - bulk chemical change -- Further reading -- Answers to exercises.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401174572
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology
    Abstract: 1 Pleasure-seeking and the aetiology of dependence -- 2 Legislation on drug control and drug abuse -- 3 British experience in the management of opiate dependence -- 4 The antagonist analgesic concept -- 5 Cannabis and dependency -- 6 Alcohol dependence: the ‘lack of control’ over alcohol and its implications -- 7 Dependence and psychoactive drugs -- 8 The nature and treatment of cigarette dependence -- 9 Compulsive overeating.
    Abstract: ... there is scarcely any agent which can be taken into the body to which some individuals will not get a reaction satisfactory or pleasurable to them, persuading them to continue its use even to the point of abuse ... Eddy (1965) Dependence is one of the major problems of our modern society both in industrialized and developing nations. There is, however, nothing new in man's dependence on drugs. For many centuries past, there can be few people throughout the world who do not 'overuse', 'misuse' or 'abuse' some drugs. For many the drugs that are 'overused' are caffeine [from tea or coffee), nicotine [from tobacco) or alcohol [from beer, wine or spirits), all socially accepted normal ingredients of everyday life in most communities. For a prescribed medical smaller group 'misuse' concerns commonly substances, such as barbiturates, amphetamines. For an even smaller group there is the less socially acceptable 'abuse' of specific drugs such as morphine and related analgesics, cannabis, or hallucinogens.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Pleasure-seeking and the aetiology of dependence2 Legislation on drug control and drug abuse -- 3 British experience in the management of opiate dependence -- 4 The antagonist analgesic concept -- 5 Cannabis and dependency -- 6 Alcohol dependence: the ‘lack of control’ over alcohol and its implications -- 7 Dependence and psychoactive drugs -- 8 The nature and treatment of cigarette dependence -- 9 Compulsive overeating.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401511643
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. The Biology of Mycoplasmas -- 2. Plant and Arthropod Mycoplasmas: A Historical Perspective -- 3. The ‘Yellows’ Plant Diseases: Plant Hosts and their Interaction with the Pathogens -- 4. Light and Electron Microscopy -- 5. Chemical Treatment for Control of Plant Mycoplasma Diseases -- 6. Media and Methods for Culture of Spiroplasmas -- 7. Culture of Other Microorganisms from Yellows- diseased Plants -- 8. Serological Characterisation of Spiroplasmas and Other Mycoplasmas -- 9. Physicochemical Characterisation of Plant and Insect Mycoplasmas -- 10. Insect Vectors -- 11. Miscellaneous Methods -- Notes on Contributors.
    Abstract: Only 14 years have passed since the first publication appeared which implicated mycoplasmas as agents of plant disease. The diseases them­ selves have been known for much longer; indeed clover phyllody, a typical example, was described in the seventeenth century, well before any animal mycoplasma diseases had been documented. The early history of plant mycoplasmas is described in Chapter 2 and one obvious conclusion to be drawn from the frustrating experiences of the earlier workers is that the experimental methods at their disposal were simply inadequate for the task. Progress in science depends critically upon the development of new methods. Although important advances have been made in plant and insect mycoplasmology, notably in the discovery of spiroplasmas, many intractable problems remain. Most plant myco­ plasmas cannot yet be cultured in vitro, and their natural plant habitat, the phloem, is one of the most difficult plant tissues for the experi­ menter to handle, placing severe restrictions on the type of experiments which can be performed in vivo. It is clear that radically new methods may be required to solve these problems. A survey of the progress which has been made shows that application of techniques from a wide range of disciplines has been necessary. A successful individual or group of workers must possess the skills of a plant pathologist, a plantsman, a plant physiologist, a light-and electron microscopist, a bacteriologist, a biochemist, an immunologist, an ento­ mologist, a virologist and a molecular geneticist.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. The Biology of Mycoplasmas2. Plant and Arthropod Mycoplasmas: A Historical Perspective -- 3. The ‘Yellows’ Plant Diseases: Plant Hosts and their Interaction with the Pathogens -- 4. Light and Electron Microscopy -- 5. Chemical Treatment for Control of Plant Mycoplasma Diseases -- 6. Media and Methods for Culture of Spiroplasmas -- 7. Culture of Other Microorganisms from Yellows- diseased Plants -- 8. Serological Characterisation of Spiroplasmas and Other Mycoplasmas -- 9. Physicochemical Characterisation of Plant and Insect Mycoplasmas -- 10. Insect Vectors -- 11. Miscellaneous Methods -- Notes on Contributors.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400959682
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Outline Studies in Ecology
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 What is a model? -- 1.1 The concept of models -- 1.2 Word models -- 1.3 Definition of model -- 1.4 Examples -- 2 Why do I need a model? -- 2.1 Reason for use of models -- 2.2 Complexity -- 2.3 Integration and testing of compatibility of information already collected about a system -- 2.4 Simulation as a synthesis of available information -- 3 How do I start? -- 3.1 Defining the problem -- 3.2 Word models -- 3.3 Diagrams -- 4 What help can I expect from mathematics? -- 4.1 Mathematical notations -- 4.2 Families of mathematical models -- 5 Do I need a computer? -- 5.1 Access to computers -- 5.2 Computer languages -- 5.3 Using the computer -- 6 How do I know when to stop? -- 6.1 Re-examination of objectives -- 6.2 Sensitivity analysis -- 6.3 Verification -- 6.4 Validation -- Appendix: Modelling checklist -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401170659
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Electrical / Computer Science and Engineering Series
    Series Statement: Van Nostrand Reinhold Electrical/Computer Science and Engineering Series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I The PN Junction -- A. The Need to Understand Low Frequency Diode Behavior -- B. Silicon — The Semiconductor -- C. The PN Depletion Zone -- D. Junction Potential -- E. Diffusion and Drift Currents -- F. Rectification and the I-V Law -- G. Depletion Zone Width Modulation — The Depletion C(V) Law -- H. Reverse Voltage Breakdown -- References -- Questions -- II PIN Diodes and the Theory of Microwave Operation -- A. The PIN Diode — An Extension of the PN Junction -- B. Microwave Equivalent Circuit -- C. High RF Power Limits -- References -- Questions -- III Practical PIN Diodes -- A. Basic Parameters — I Region Thickness and Area -- B. Table of Typically Available PIN Diodes -- C. Definition of Characteristics -- References -- Questions -- IV Binary State Transistor Drivers -- A. What The Driver Must Do -- B. The Driver as a Logic Signal — Power Supply Buffer (TTL Compatibility) -- C. Switching Speed -- D. High Power Reverse Bias (Enhanced) Leakage Current Supply -- E. Fault Detection Circuits -- F. Complementary Drivers -- References -- Questions -- V Fundamental Limits of Control Networks -- A. Introduction -- B. The Simple Loss (or Isolation) Formula -- C. The General Three-Port SPST Equivalent Circuit -- D. Switching Limits -- E. Duplexing Limits -- F. Phase Shifting Limits -- G. Summary -- References -- Questions -- VI Mathematical Techniques and Computer Aided Design (CAD) -- A. Introduction -- B. CAD Mathematical Analysis Approaches -- C. FORTRAN Computer Programming -- References -- Questions -- VII Limiters and Duplexers -- A. Introduction to Practical Circuit Designs -- B. How Limiters Function -- C. Coaxial Duplexers -- D. High Frequency, Waveguide Limiters -- E. Integrated Circuit Limiters -- F. Bulk Limiters -- References -- VIII Switches and Attenuators -- A. Broadband Coaxial Switches -- B. Coaxial High Power -- C. Switched Duplexers -- D. Waveguide Switches -- E. Stripline Switches -- F. Microstrip Switching -- G. Bulk Effect Switching -- References -- IX Phase Shifters and Time Delay Networks -- A. Introduction -- B. Switched Path Circuits -- C. Transmission Phase Shifters -- D. Reflection Phase Shifters -- E. Schiffman Phase Shifters -- F. Continuous Phase Shifters -- References -- Answers -- Appendices -- A. Constants and Formulas -- B. Material Properties -- C. Thermal Resistance Calculations -- D. Coaxial Lines -- E. Microstrip -- F. Stripline -- G. Waveguide -- H. Stripline Backward Wave Hybrid Coupler -- I. Bias Blocks and Returns -- J. The Smith Chart -- References and Bibliography.
    Abstract: Joseph F. White has studied, worked, and taught in all aspects of microwave semiconductor materials, control diodes, and circuit applications. He is thoroughly grounded in the physics and math­ ematics of the field, but has primarily the engineer's viewpoint, combining basic knowledge with experience and ingenuity to gen­ erate practical designs under constraints of required performance and costs of development and production. As a result of his teach­ ing experience and numerous technical papers and oral presenta­ tions, he has developed a clear, well-organized writing style that makes this book easy to use as a self-teaching text, a reference volume, and a design handbook. Dr. White believes that an engineer must have a good understand­ ing of semiconductor physics, a thorough knowledge of microwave circuit theory, at least an elementary acquaintance with transistor drivers, and the ability to check and refine a microwave circuit on a computer terminal to be qualified for modern, creative design of microwave semiconductor control components. These subjects are well covered in approximately the first half of the book; the second half treats the general and specific design of switches, at­ tenuators, limiters, duplexers, and phase shifters, with many ex­ amples drawn from his experience and that of others.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401095396
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Outline Studies in Biology
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 Gross anatomy and physiology -- 2.1 Muscle types -- 2.2 Physiological states -- 2.3 Activation -- 2.4 Physiological performance -- 2.5 Fuel and energetics -- 3 Muscle cells -- 3.1 Striated muscle -- 3.2 Sliding filament theory -- 3.3 Membrane systems -- 3.4 Fibre preparations -- 3.5 Unstriated muscle -- 4 Protein components -- 4.1 Proteins of the myofibril -- 4.2 Actin -- 4.3 Myosin -- 4.4 Actin—myosin interactions -- 5 Mechanism of ATP hydrolysis -- 5.1 Kinetic analysis -- 5.2 Myosin ATPase -- 5.3 Actin activation -- 6 Molecular basis of contraction -- 6.1 What makes filaments slide? -- 6.2 Electron microscope studies -- 6.3 X-ray diffraction studies -- 6.4 Mechanical transients -- 6.5 Mechanochemical coupling -- 7 Molecular basis of regulation -- 7.1 Role of calcium -- 7.2 Actin-linked regulation -- 7.3 Myosin-linked regulation -- 7.4 Multiple regulatory systems -- 8 Problems and prospects -- References.
    Abstract: The student of biolo,gical science in his final years as an undergraduate and his first years as a graduate is expected to gain some familiarity with current research at the frontiers of his discipline. New research work is published in a perplexing diversity of publications and is inevitably concerned with the minutiae of the subject. The sheer number of research journals and papers also causes confusion and difficulties of assimilation. Review articles usually presuppose a background knowledge of the field and are inevitably rather restricted in scope. There is thus a need for short but authoritative introductions to those areas of modern biological research which are either not dealt with in standard introductory textbooks or are not dealt with in sufficient detail to enable the student to go on from them to read scholarly reviews with profit. This series of books is designed to satisfy this need. The authors have been asked to produce a brief outline of their subject assuming that their readers will have read and remembered much of a standard introductory textbook of biology. This outline then sets out to provide by building on this basis, the conceptual framework within which modern research work is progressing and aims to give the reader an indication of the problems, both conceptual and practical, which must be overcome if progress is to be maintained.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400974425
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (404p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Collection Fondée par H. L. Van Breda et Publiée sous le Patronage des Centres D’Archives-Husserl 84
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Series Founded by H. L. Van Breda and Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 84
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology
    Abstract: I: Das Werk Alexander Pfänders und Seine Bedeutung Beiträge Aus Dem Internationalen Kongress „Die Münchener Phänomenologie“ 13.–18. April 1971 -- Epoché und Reduktion bei Pfänder und Husserl -- Alexander Pfänders ethische Wert- und Sollenslehre -- Die Psychiatrie und Alexander Pfänders phänomenologische Psychologie -- Alexander Pfänders Nachlaßtexte über das virtuelle Psychische -- Phénoménologie du vouloir et approche par le langage ordinaire -- Aus der Diskussion (zu W. Trillhaas und P. Ricoeur) -- II: Weitere Beiträge Zur Philosophie Pfänders -- „Münchener Phänomenologie“— Zur Frühgeschichte des Begriffs -- Bewußtseinsforschung und Bewußtsein in Pfänders Phänomenologie des Wollens -- Verstehende Psychologie -- Die Idee einer phänomenologischen Anthropologic und Pfänders verstehende Psychologie des Menschen -- Alexander Pfänders Grundriß der Charakterologie -- Zur Sinnklärung, Unterscheidung und gemeinsamen Grundlage der Sätze des ausgeschlossenen Dritten und des Widerspruchs -- „Linguistische Phanomenologie“: John L. Austin und Alexander Pfänder -- Phänomenologie und Ontologie in Alexander Pfänders Philosophie auf phänomenologischer Grundlage -- III: Neue Texte Aus Dem Nachlass -- Selbstanzeige für Die Seele des Menschen -- Imperativenlehre -- IV: Persönliche Zeugnisse Über Pfänder, Den Menschen Und Lehrer -- Vorbemerkung von Herbert Spiegelberg -- V: Aus Dem Briefwechsel Husserl - Pfänder -- Vorbemerkung der Herausgeber -- Lebensdaten -- Bibliographie -- Nachlaßubersicht -- Namenverzeichnis.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959439
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 398 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Materials (A) -- 1.1 Heat treatment -- 1.2 Materials and testing -- 1.3 Metal fatigue -- 1.4 Safety factor -- 1.5 Shear strain -- 1.6 Punching holes in a material -- 1.7 Bending and torsion -- Exercises -- 2. Engine indicator diagrams (B2) -- 2.1 Engine indicators -- 2.2 Converting an indicator diagram -- 2.3 Interpretation of indicator diagrams -- 3. Combustion processes (B3) -- 3.1 Specific heat capacity of a gas -- 3.2 Expansion and compression of gases -- 3.3 Engine temperature and pressure calculations -- 3.4 Efficiency of an engine -- 3.5 General comparison between petrol and compression ignition engines -- 3.6 Octane rating -- 3.7 Cetane number and diesel index -- 3.8 Detonation -- 3.9 Fuel additives -- 3.10 Volumetric efficiency -- Exercises -- 4. Air-fuel ratios and exhaust products (B4) -- 4.1 Air-fuel ratios: petrol engine -- 4.2 Air-fuel ratios: CI oil engine -- 4.3 Determination of air-fuel ratios -- 4.4 Mixture strength and side effects -- 4.5 Air-fuel ratio and power output -- 4.6 Combustion calculations -- 4.7 Consumption loop or hook curve -- Exercises -- 5. Archimedes’ Principle (B5) -- 5.1 Hydrostatics and hydraulics -- 5.2 Archimedes’ principle -- 5.3 Floating bodies -- Exercises -- 6. Fluids and energy (B6) -- 6.1 Pressure -- 6.2 The manometer -- 6.3 Energy of liquids -- 6.4 Bernoulli’s law -- 6.5 Quantity flow -- 6.6 The Venturi unit -- 6.7 Actual flow of liquids through an orifice -- 6.8 Gas velocities -- Exercises -- 7. Hydraulic mechanisms and machines (B7) -- 7.1 Hydraulic machines -- 7.2 Hydraulic intensifier -- 7.3 Hydraulic brakes -- 7.4 The law of a machine -- Exercises -- 8. Variable torque, force and work done (C8) -- 8.1 Variable torque -- 8.2 Work done -- 8.3 Couples -- Exercises -- 9. Angular motion (C9) -- 9.1 Angular velocity and angular acceleration -- 9.2 Power -- Exercises -- 10. Inertia force, mass and acceleration (C10) -- 10.1 Mass -- 10.2 Newton’s first and second laws of motion -- 10.3 Momentum -- 10.4 Braking efficiency and stopping distance -- 10.5 Newton’s third law of motion -- Exercises -- 11. Potential and kinetic energy (C11) -- 11.1 Potential energy -- 11.2 Kinetic energy -- 11.3 Conservation of energy -- 11.4 Conservation of momentum -- 11.5 Energy loss when bodies collide -- 11.6 Moment of inertia -- 11.7 Kinetic energy of a rotating body -- 11.8 Radius of gyration -- Exercises -- 12. Tractive effort and tractive resistance (C12) -- 12.1 Tractive effort -- 12.2 Tractive resistance -- 12.3 Undergeared and overgeared vehicles -- 12.4 Engine characteristics and gear ratios -- 12.5 Constant power and tractive-effort/road-speed curves -- 12.6 Data and methods for setting final drive and gearbox ratios -- Exercises -- 13. Centripetal force and balancing (C13) -- 13.1 Centripetal acceleration -- 13.2 Centripetal and centrifugal force -- 13.3 Balancing of rotating masses -- 13.4 Piston movement and inertia -- 13.5 Engine balance -- Exercises -- 14. Stability of vehicles in curved paths (C14) -- 14.1 Vehicle on curved level road -- 14.2 Vehicle on curved banked track -- 14.3 Vehicle on a reversed banked track -- 14.4 Arched or hump-back bridges -- 14.5 Road dip or depression -- Exercises -- 15. Transference of wheel loading (C15) -- 15.1 Vehicle weight transfer: retardation -- 15.2 Vehicle weight transfer: acceleration -- 15.3 Maximum possible acceleration: level road -- 15.4 Transferred weight: vehicle in curved path -- Exercises -- 16. Simple harmonic motion (C16) -- 16.1 The conical pendulum -- 16.2 The Watt centrifugal governor -- 16.3 The simple pendulum -- Exercises -- 17. Relative velocity (C17) -- 17.1 Definition and diagrams -- 17.2 Angular velocity of a link or lever -- 17.3 Relative velocity of points on a wheel -- Exercises -- Answers to Exercises.
    Abstract: A motor vehicle technician has to attain high technological skills to enable him or her to diagnose faults and service transport vehicles and their components. Science is a branch of study concerned with the systematic investigation of observed facts, and forms an important foundation on which to build sound engineering practice. Such a background will stimulate personal development by increasing confidence and intellectual ability. This is the second of two books which have been planned to cover the TEe U77/413 and 415 Motor Vehicle Science II and III Model programmes of study. Part 2 covers the requirements of Motor Vehicle Science III. The fundamental principles of engineering science have been applied to the motor vehicle in a systematic and progressive manner to enable the reader to follow most of the work on his or her own initiative. Emphasis has again been placed on the provision of many fully worked examples, some having more than one method of solution. These together with a large number of exercise examples enable the student to improve subject knowledge and gain that vital confidence so necessary for examinations. The book is aimed mainly at the student who is attending a recognized college course leading to full Technician qualification. It is designed to become a valid source of information to assist the student both in and out of the classroom environment, but the importance of the college lecturer and his or her individual method of teaching the subject remains of prime importance to the student.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Materials (A)1.1 Heat treatment -- 1.2 Materials and testing -- 1.3 Metal fatigue -- 1.4 Safety factor -- 1.5 Shear strain -- 1.6 Punching holes in a material -- 1.7 Bending and torsion -- Exercises -- 2. Engine indicator diagrams (B2) -- 2.1 Engine indicators -- 2.2 Converting an indicator diagram -- 2.3 Interpretation of indicator diagrams -- 3. Combustion processes (B3) -- 3.1 Specific heat capacity of a gas -- 3.2 Expansion and compression of gases -- 3.3 Engine temperature and pressure calculations -- 3.4 Efficiency of an engine -- 3.5 General comparison between petrol and compression ignition engines -- 3.6 Octane rating -- 3.7 Cetane number and diesel index -- 3.8 Detonation -- 3.9 Fuel additives -- 3.10 Volumetric efficiency -- Exercises -- 4. Air-fuel ratios and exhaust products (B4) -- 4.1 Air-fuel ratios: petrol engine -- 4.2 Air-fuel ratios: CI oil engine -- 4.3 Determination of air-fuel ratios -- 4.4 Mixture strength and side effects -- 4.5 Air-fuel ratio and power output -- 4.6 Combustion calculations -- 4.7 Consumption loop or hook curve -- Exercises -- 5. Archimedes’ Principle (B5) -- 5.1 Hydrostatics and hydraulics -- 5.2 Archimedes’ principle -- 5.3 Floating bodies -- Exercises -- 6. Fluids and energy (B6) -- 6.1 Pressure -- 6.2 The manometer -- 6.3 Energy of liquids -- 6.4 Bernoulli’s law -- 6.5 Quantity flow -- 6.6 The Venturi unit -- 6.7 Actual flow of liquids through an orifice -- 6.8 Gas velocities -- Exercises -- 7. Hydraulic mechanisms and machines (B7) -- 7.1 Hydraulic machines -- 7.2 Hydraulic intensifier -- 7.3 Hydraulic brakes -- 7.4 The law of a machine -- Exercises -- 8. Variable torque, force and work done (C8) -- 8.1 Variable torque -- 8.2 Work done -- 8.3 Couples -- Exercises -- 9. Angular motion (C9) -- 9.1 Angular velocity and angular acceleration -- 9.2 Power -- Exercises -- 10. Inertia force, mass and acceleration (C10) -- 10.1 Mass -- 10.2 Newton’s first and second laws of motion -- 10.3 Momentum -- 10.4 Braking efficiency and stopping distance -- 10.5 Newton’s third law of motion -- Exercises -- 11. Potential and kinetic energy (C11) -- 11.1 Potential energy -- 11.2 Kinetic energy -- 11.3 Conservation of energy -- 11.4 Conservation of momentum -- 11.5 Energy loss when bodies collide -- 11.6 Moment of inertia -- 11.7 Kinetic energy of a rotating body -- 11.8 Radius of gyration -- Exercises -- 12. Tractive effort and tractive resistance (C12) -- 12.1 Tractive effort -- 12.2 Tractive resistance -- 12.3 Undergeared and overgeared vehicles -- 12.4 Engine characteristics and gear ratios -- 12.5 Constant power and tractive-effort/road-speed curves -- 12.6 Data and methods for setting final drive and gearbox ratios -- Exercises -- 13. Centripetal force and balancing (C13) -- 13.1 Centripetal acceleration -- 13.2 Centripetal and centrifugal force -- 13.3 Balancing of rotating masses -- 13.4 Piston movement and inertia -- 13.5 Engine balance -- Exercises -- 14. Stability of vehicles in curved paths (C14) -- 14.1 Vehicle on curved level road -- 14.2 Vehicle on curved banked track -- 14.3 Vehicle on a reversed banked track -- 14.4 Arched or hump-back bridges -- 14.5 Road dip or depression -- Exercises -- 15. Transference of wheel loading (C15) -- 15.1 Vehicle weight transfer: retardation -- 15.2 Vehicle weight transfer: acceleration -- 15.3 Maximum possible acceleration: level road -- 15.4 Transferred weight: vehicle in curved path -- Exercises -- 16. Simple harmonic motion (C16) -- 16.1 The conical pendulum -- 16.2 The Watt centrifugal governor -- 16.3 The simple pendulum -- Exercises -- 17. Relative velocity (C17) -- 17.1 Definition and diagrams -- 17.2 Angular velocity of a link or lever -- 17.3 Relative velocity of points on a wheel -- Exercises -- Answers to Exercises.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401169387
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 178 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Environmental Resource Management Series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 Soil Profile Descriptions -- Soil Horizons -- Color -- Texture -- Structure -- Consistence -- Reaction -- Boundary -- 3 Laboratory Analyses -- Soil Fertility Tests -- Engineering Soils Tests -- Soil Classification Lab Analyses -- Soil Test Kit -- 4 Soil Classification -- Nomenclature -- Maps -- Groupings of Soils -- 5 Computerized Data Processing -- SCS Form 5 -- 6 Engineering Applications -- Community Development -- Waste Disposal -- 7 Agricultural Land Classification -- Land Capability -- Productivity Index -- Land Economics -- Land Use -- 8 Erosion Control -- Soil-Loss Equation -- Evidence of Soil Erosion -- Canadarago Computer Study -- 9 Yield Correlations -- Estimated Yields -- Soil Correlations -- National Programs -- Crop Responses -- Experiment Design -- Sequential Testing -- 10 Archeological Considerations -- New York -- Mesa Verde -- Phoenix -- Tikal -- Sardis -- Mexico City -- Negev Desert -- Rajasthan Desert -- 11 Planning for the Future -- FAO World Soil Map -- Soil Taxonomy -- CRIES -- Benchmark Project -- Soil Quantification -- Conclusions -- Appendix 1 Conversion Factors for U.S. and Metric Units -- Appendix 2 Glossary -- References.
    Abstract: As we enter the last decades of the twentieth century, many persistent and perplexing problems continue to afflict humankind. Thus it is appropriate to address, in a new group of books, two of the monumental issues that haunt people throughout the world. Soils and the Environment by Professor Gerald W. Olson is the first book in this new publish­ ing program on Environment, Energy, and Society. The purpose of all these books will be to explore the many interrelated facets of these topics and to provide guidance for deal ing with problems and offering ideas for their solutions. Environment and energy are twin problems that occupy what many believe to be opposite sides of a two-headed coin. They are often viewed as being antithetical and incompatible. The various books in this program will try to place in perspective the options that are available to those who design policy and plan and manage societal matters. Typical of books being developed currently are ones on coal resources, environmental geoscience, environmental pollution, land-use planning, nuclear energy, mineral resources, and water resources. However, because soils are at the very heart of civilization and provide the building block for human sustenance, it is fitting to inaugurate this series with Dr. Olson's timely analysis of soils. Unfortu­ nately, these most vital resources seen. to have low priority in many farming enterprises, urbanization projects, deforestation schemes, and mining and developmental terrain changes.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400974494
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (368p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Collection Fondée Par H. L. Van Breda et Publiée sous le Patronage des Centres D’Archives-Husserl 87
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Series Founded by H. L. Van Breda and Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 87
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology
    Abstract: I. Separation and the General Economy -- Discontinuity in Bataille -- Separation and Cogito in Levinas -- Essential Solitude in Blanchot -- II. From Decision to the Exigency -- Prohibition and Transgression -- Death and Indecision -- Errance -- Desire and the Hunger which Nourishes Itself -- The Burrow and the Other Night -- Préhension persécutrice and the Arresting Hand -- III. Literature and the Exigency -- La littérature et le mal -- Silence and Orpheus -- Inspiration -- Approach of the Literary Space -- The Oeuvre -- IV. Proximity and Philosophy -- Savoir and non-savoir -- Proximity and Ontology -- Negativity and Il y a in Proximity -- Desire and the Question -- V. The Exigency as Experience -- Closure and Nudity -- Sensation and Intentionality -- Fascination and the Image -- Experience in Bataille and Blanchot -- Cogito and Temporality in Proximity -- VI. Alterity in the General Economy: Parole -- Parole and Entretien -- Alterity and Economy in Levinas -- VII. Same and Other -- From Difference to Non-indifference -- Separation in Proximity -- Recurrence -- Bataille, Blanchot, and Levinas -- Notes.
    Abstract: The problematic reality of an alterity implicit in the concept of communication has been a consistent attestation in formal discourse. The rapport of thought to this alterity has been consistently described as a radical inadequation. By virtue of the communicational economy which produces discontinuity and relation, illumination and the possibility of consciousness, an opacity haunts the famili­ arity of comprehension. Consciousness' spontaneity is limited by the difference or discontinuity of the exterior thing, of the exterior subject or intersubjective other, and of the generality of existence in its excess over comprehension's closure. An element implicit in difference or discontinuity escapes the power of comprehension, and even the possibility of manifestation. Within the system of tendencies and predications which characterizes formal discourse, however, this escape of alterity is most often understood as an escape which proceeds from its own substantiality: the unknowable in-itself of things, of subjects, and of generality. Alterity escapes the power of comprehension, on the basis of its power to escape this power. That which escapes the effectivity of consciousness, escapes on the basis of its own effectivity. For this reason, the rapport of inadequation described by the escape may function in formal discourse as a correlation. The inadequation of comprehension and exteriority may function as the vicissitude of a larger adequation. The latent principles of this adequation are power and totalization.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400973527
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Pollution Monitoring Series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Definition and Use of the Term Heavy Metal -- 1.2 Sources of Heavy Metals in the Environment -- 1.3 Biological Indicators and Monitors -- 1.4 Philosophy of Monitoring -- 1.5 Why Biological? -- 1.6 Criteria for Selecting Good Biological Materials/Species -- 1.7 Concluding Remarks -- 2 Biological Indicators of Natural Ore-bodies: Geobotanical and Blogeochemical Prospecting for Heavy Metal Deposits -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Geobotanical Prospecting -- 2.3 Biogeochemical Prospecting -- 2.4 Use of Herbaria in Geobotanical and Biogeochemical Prospecting -- 2.5 Conclusions -- 3 The Use of Vegetation for Monitoring Airborne Heavy Metal Deposition -- 3A Background and Practical Considerations -- 3A.1 Introduction -- 3A.2 Particulate Transfer to Vegetation -- 3A.3 Vegetation as a Monitoring Agent -- 3A.4 Aerial Versus Soil Origins of Metals in Plant Samples -- 3A.5 Exposure Periods -- 3A.6 Use of Leaves -- 3A.7 Surface Characteristics of Vegetation, Especially Leaves -- 3B Examples of the Use of Vegetation Monitoring Surveys for Aerial Deposition of Metals -- 3B.1 Roadside Locations -- 3B.2 Smelters and Other Point Sources -- 3B.3 General Industrial or Urban Areas with Diffuse or Unidentified Sources -- 3B.4 Use of Tree Bark -- 3B.5 Use of Epiphytic Vascular Plants, Mosses, Lichens, Micro-organisms and Fungi -- 3B.6 Specific Use of Vegetation for Assessing Potential Hazards to Human and Domestic Animal Health . -- 4 Plants as Monitors of Soil Contamination -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Metal Distribution in Soils -- 4.3 Characteristics of Metal Uptake by Roots -- 4.4 Metal Tolerance and its Relevance to the Use of Higher Plants as Monitors of Soil Contamination . -- 4.5 Interpretation of Monitoring Results, Conclusions and Recommendations -- 5 The use of Terrestrial Animals as Monitors and Indicators of Environmental Contamination by Heavy Metals -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Invertebrates as Monitors and Indicators -- 5.3 Other Animals as Monitors -- 5.4 Conclusions -- 6 The Use of Imported Biological Materials as Monitoring Agents -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Preparation, Exposure and Analysis of Moss-bags. -- 6.3 Advantages and Disadvantages of Moss-bags -- 6.4 Examples of the Use of Sphagnum Moss-bags in the Field -- 6.5 Wind Tunnel Studies of Moss-bag Characteristics . -- 6.6 Empirical Calibration of Moss-bags Against Air-filter Samplers, Deposit Gauges, Plant and Soil Surfaces. -- 6.7 Relationships with Other Collection Materials -- 6.8 Conclusions -- 7 Retrospective and Historical Monitoring -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Tree-ring Analysis -- 7.3 Use of Tree Ring-widths as a Measure of Pollution -- 7.4 Use of Peat Samples -- 7.5 Use of Herbarium Specimens of Bryophytes and Lichens -- 7.6 Use of Preserved Higher Plant Specimens. -- 7.7 Use of Animal Specimens -- 7.8 Conclusions -- 8 Biological Monitoring in Perspective -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Related Studies -- 8.3 Selection of Material and Aims of Study -- 8.4 Sampling Standards and Cross-calibration -- 8.5 Conclusions -- References -- Species and Subject Index.
    Abstract: In the past two decades there has been an increasing public awareness of the hazards that exist from the contamination of the environment by toxic substances. 'Heavy metals' and the terrestrial environment are but one facet of the impact of toxic substances on the natural environment, and the use of biological materials for indicating the occurrence of, and continually monitoring the presence of, these materials is a specific topic which is of considerable interest to a diverse range of individuals, organisations and disciplines. It was our intention when we first en­ visaged this book that it should contain a description of a range of circumstances in which biological monitoring techniques have been employed in the terrestrial environment and that it should be seen as a practical text which dealt with the merits, shortcomings and suitability of biological monitoring materials. Monitoring is, however, a manifold process. It serves not only to provide information on past and present concentrations of toxic materials in various components of the environ­ ment, but also to provide information on the processes of environmental release, transport, accumulation and toxicity. Indeed, this may be one of the greatest virtues of biological monitoring over other forms of monitor­ ing. According to the skill of the staff employed in the monitoring procedure, the information that is accrued can have a vastly different value.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    ISBN: 9789400976245
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (160p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Collection Fondée Par H.L. Van Breda et Publiée Sous le Patronage Des Centres D’Archives - Husserl 90
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Series Founded by H. L. Van Breda and Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 90
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology
    Abstract: I: The Emergence and Development of Husserl’s ‘Philosophy of Arithmetic’ -- 1. Historical Background: Weierstrass and the Arithmetization of Analysis -- 2. Husserl’s First Stage: Analysis as a Science of Number -- 3. Husserl’s Second Stage: Analysis as a Formal Technique -- 4. Husserl’s Third Stage: Analysis as Manifold Theory -- 5. The Problem of Psychologism in Husserl’s Early Writings -- II: Husserl and the Concept of Number -- 1. The Definition of Number -- 2. The Origin of Number as a Phenomenological Problem -- 3. The Origin of Number in Husserl’s Eearly Writings -- III: The Presence of Number -- 1. Sensuous Groups -- 2. Explication -- 3. Comparison -- IV: Numbers as Identities in Presence and Absence -- 1. Intending Numbers in their Absence -- 2. The Unity of Number -- 3. The Unity of Large Numbers -- 4. Sedimented Number Meanings -- V: The Sense of Arithmetic -- 1. Ideal Numbers -- 2. The Formal Character of the Concept of Number -- 3. Arithmetic as Formal Ontology -- VI: The Sense of Analysis -- 1. The Algebraization of Arithmetic -- 2. Theory Forms and Manifolds -- 3. Analysis as Manifold Theory -- 4. Husserl’s Attempted Justification of Analysis -- Conclusion -- Note on Abbreviations.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959583
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Third Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Examples of random variation -- 1.2 One-dimensional frequency distributions -- 1.3 Summarizing quantities -- 1.4 Frequency distributions in two or more dimensions -- 1.5 Some illustrative examples -- 1.6 Populations, samples and probability -- 2 Probability and Probability Distributions -- 2.1 Probability -- 2.2 Addition law of probability -- 2.3 Conditional probability and statistical independence -- 2.4 Examples -- 2.5 Discrete random variables -- 2.6 Continuous random variables -- 2.7 Several random variables -- 3 Expectation and its Applications -- 3.1 Expectation -- 3.2 Variance -- 3.3 Higher moments -- 3.4 Dependence and covariance -- 3.5 Normal models -- 4 Sampling Distributions and Statistical Inference -- 4.1 Statistical inference -- 4.2 Pseudo random deviates -- 4.3 A sampling experiment -- 4.4 Estimation -- 4.5 Significance tests -- 5 Single Sample Problems -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Point estimates of µ and ?2 -- 5.3 Interval estimates for µ (?2 unknown) -- 5.4 Interval estimates for ?2 -- 5.5 Significance test for a mean -- 5.6 Significance test for a variance -- 5.7 Departures from assumptions -- 6 Two Sample Problems -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The comparison of two independent sample means -- 6.3 The comparison of two independent sample variances -- 6.4 Analysis of paired samples -- 6.5 An example -- 6.6 Departures from assumptions -- 7 Non-parametric Tests -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Normal approximation to the binomial distribution -- 7.3 The sign test -- 7.4 The signed rank (Wilcoxon one sample) test -- 7.5 Two sample rank (Wilcoxon) test -- 7.6 Discussion -- 8 The Analysis of Discrete Data -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Distributions and approximations -- 8.3 Inference about a single Poisson mean -- 8.4 Inference about a single binomial probability -- 8.5 The comparison of two Poisson variates -- 8.6 The comparison of two binomial variates -- 8.7 Comparison of proportions in matched pairs -- 8.8 Examination of Poisson frequency table -- 8.9 Examination of binomial frequency tables -- 8.10 Comparison of observed and expected frequencies -- 8.11 Contingency tables -- 8.12 A tasting experiment -- 9 Statistical Models and Least Squares -- 9.1 General points -- 9.2 An example -- 9.3 Least squares -- 10 Linear Regression -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Least squares estimates -- 10.3 Properties of ? and ? -- 10.4 Predictions from regressions -- 10.5 Comparison of two regression lines -- 10.6 Equally spaced x-values -- 10.7 Use of residuals -- 10.8 Discussion of models -- 11 Multiple Regression -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Theory for two explanatory variables only -- 11.3 Analysis of Example 11.2 -- 11.4 Discussion -- 12 Analysis of Variance -- 12.1 The problem -- 12.2 Theory of one-way analysis of variance -- 12.3 Procedure for analysis -- 12.4 Two-way analysis of variance -- 12.5 Linear contrasts -- 12.6 Randomized blocks -- 12.7 Components of variance -- 12.8 Departures from assumptions -- Miscellaneous Exercises -- Appendix One Notes on calculation and computing 307 -- Appendix Two Statistical tables -- Appendix Three Hints to the solution of selected exercises -- References -- Author Index.
    Abstract: This book is mainly based on lectures given by Professor D. R. Cox and myself at Birkbeck College over a period of eight to nine years. It began as a. joint venture, but pressure of other work made it necessary for Professor Cox to withdraw early on. I have throughout received much valuable advice and encouragement from Professor Cox, but of course, I am solely responsible for the text, and any errors remaining in it. The book is intended as a first course on statistical methods, and there is a liberal supply of exercises. Although the mathematical level of the book is low, I have tried to explain carefully the logical reasoning behind the use of the methods discussed. Some of the exercises which require more difficult mathematics are marked with an asterisk, and these may be omitted. In this way, I hope that the book will satisfy the needs for a course on statistical methods at a range of mathematical levels. It is essential for the reader to work through the numerical exercises, for only in this way can he grasp the full meaning and usefulness of the statistical techniques, and gain practice in the interpretation of the results. Chapters 7 and 8 discuss methods appropriate for use on ranked or discrete data, and Chapters 9-12 do not depend on these chapters. Chapters 7 and 8 may therefore be omitted, if desired.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 Examples of random variation -- 1.2 One-dimensional frequency distributions -- 1.3 Summarizing quantities -- 1.4 Frequency distributions in two or more dimensions -- 1.5 Some illustrative examples -- 1.6 Populations, samples and probability -- 2 Probability and Probability Distributions -- 2.1 Probability -- 2.2 Addition law of probability -- 2.3 Conditional probability and statistical independence -- 2.4 Examples -- 2.5 Discrete random variables -- 2.6 Continuous random variables -- 2.7 Several random variables -- 3 Expectation and its Applications -- 3.1 Expectation -- 3.2 Variance -- 3.3 Higher moments -- 3.4 Dependence and covariance -- 3.5 Normal models -- 4 Sampling Distributions and Statistical Inference -- 4.1 Statistical inference -- 4.2 Pseudo random deviates -- 4.3 A sampling experiment -- 4.4 Estimation -- 4.5 Significance tests -- 5 Single Sample Problems -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Point estimates of µ and ?2 -- 5.3 Interval estimates for µ (?2 unknown) -- 5.4 Interval estimates for ?2 -- 5.5 Significance test for a mean -- 5.6 Significance test for a variance -- 5.7 Departures from assumptions -- 6 Two Sample Problems -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The comparison of two independent sample means -- 6.3 The comparison of two independent sample variances -- 6.4 Analysis of paired samples -- 6.5 An example -- 6.6 Departures from assumptions -- 7 Non-parametric Tests -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Normal approximation to the binomial distribution -- 7.3 The sign test -- 7.4 The signed rank (Wilcoxon one sample) test -- 7.5 Two sample rank (Wilcoxon) test -- 7.6 Discussion -- 8 The Analysis of Discrete Data -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Distributions and approximations -- 8.3 Inference about a single Poisson mean -- 8.4 Inference about a single binomial probability -- 8.5 The comparison of two Poisson variates -- 8.6 The comparison of two binomial variates -- 8.7 Comparison of proportions in matched pairs -- 8.8 Examination of Poisson frequency table -- 8.9 Examination of binomial frequency tables -- 8.10 Comparison of observed and expected frequencies -- 8.11 Contingency tables -- 8.12 A tasting experiment -- 9 Statistical Models and Least Squares -- 9.1 General points -- 9.2 An example -- 9.3 Least squares -- 10 Linear Regression -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Least squares estimates -- 10.3 Properties of ? and ? -- 10.4 Predictions from regressions -- 10.5 Comparison of two regression lines -- 10.6 Equally spaced x-values -- 10.7 Use of residuals -- 10.8 Discussion of models -- 11 Multiple Regression -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Theory for two explanatory variables only -- 11.3 Analysis of Example 11.2 -- 11.4 Discussion -- 12 Analysis of Variance -- 12.1 The problem -- 12.2 Theory of one-way analysis of variance -- 12.3 Procedure for analysis -- 12.4 Two-way analysis of variance -- 12.5 Linear contrasts -- 12.6 Randomized blocks -- 12.7 Components of variance -- 12.8 Departures from assumptions -- Miscellaneous Exercises -- Appendix One Notes on calculation and computing 307 -- Appendix Two Statistical tables -- Appendix Three Hints to the solution of selected exercises -- References -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401180702
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- 2. Materials and methods -- 3. Flax (Linum usitatissimum L.) -- 4. Hemp (Cannabis sativa L.) -- 5. Sunn Hemp (Crotalaria juncea L.) -- 6. Ramie (Boehmeria nivea (L.) Gaud) -- 7. Jute (Corchorus capsularis L. and Corchorus olitorius L.) -- 8. Kenaf (Hibiscus cannabinus L.) -- 9. Roselle (Hibiscus sabdariffa L.) -- 10. Sisal (Agave sisalana Perrine) -- 11. Abaca (Manila hemp) (Musa textilis Née) -- 12. Summary -- References.
    Abstract: It is often possible to identify fragments of plants by studying their microscopical characteristics. The recognition of a single feature very rarely establishes the plant's identity; more often, it is necessary to recognize a unique combination of characteris­ tics. For plant identification, the most valuable characteristics are those least likely to be affected by changes in environment; if the feature is uncommon as well as stable, it is even more useful. Good descriptions of the anatomy of plants are invaluable. For example, The Identifi­ cation of Hardwoods (Brazier and Franklin, 1961), together with its punched card key, is an excellent book which is useful in practice. Characters describing the sc1erenchyma account for only three places in this key. Using only these characters, it would be impossible to identify a timber. Is it possible then, to identify a species given only sc1erenchyma in the form of a commercial fibre? If it is possible, it is not easy. Although, for many purposes, plant fibres are being replaced by man-made fibres, vegetable fibres are still used, particularly in sacking and cordage and in some indus­ trial materials. Articles which must be examined in a forensic science laboratory are not always of recent manufacture and archaeologists and historians are interested in older materials. Therefore, it is still necessary for many workers to identify the plant species from which fibres have been extracted.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction2. Materials and methods -- 3. Flax (Linum usitatissimum L.) -- 4. Hemp (Cannabis sativa L.) -- 5. Sunn Hemp (Crotalaria juncea L.) -- 6. Ramie (Boehmeria nivea (L.) Gaud) -- 7. Jute (Corchorus capsularis L. and Corchorus olitorius L.) -- 8. Kenaf (Hibiscus cannabinus L.) -- 9. Roselle (Hibiscus sabdariffa L.) -- 10. Sisal (Agave sisalana Perrine) -- 11. Abaca (Manila hemp) (Musa textilis Née) -- 12. Summary -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401160032
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I The Physicochemical Processes of Pedogenesis -- and definitions -- 1 Weathering and clay formation -- 2 The dynamics of organic matter -- 3 The movement of material within soils -- 4 General principles of the origin and development of soils -- II Pedogenesis: The Basis of Soil Classification -- 5 Soil classification -- 6 Immature soils and soils with little profile differentiation -- 7 Calcimagnesian soils -- 8 Soils with matured humus: isohumic soils and vertisols -- 9 Brunified soils -- 10 Podzolised soils -- 11 Hydromorphic soils -- 12 Sesquioxide-rich soils -- 13 Salsodic soils.
    Abstract: This book is the first of two volumes intended to replace the old and now out of print Precis de pedologie, the previous three editions of which were pro­ duced by the same publisher in 1960, 1965 and 1970. It was apparent that the term 'precis', which means that the text was neces­ sarily condensed and summarised, no longer corresponded with the present day situation, for pedology has developed considerably in the past 10 years and it now makes use of the most modern and varied research techniques. It has become an entirely separate discipline and has assumed, at least in certain countries, considerable importance. In addition, different schools of thought have developed and their sometimes contradictory viewpoints are presented at many international conferences, which, if valid conclusions are to be reached from them, required considerable space for discussion. Thus, even by being very concise it was no longer possible to deal with the whole of soil science within the space of one volume, so that a two volume format became a necessity. As soil science is known to have two fundamentally distinct aspects, it has been easy to determine the contents of each volume and also to give each an identity and unity, as well as enabling a different kind of presentation to be made in each case.
    Description / Table of Contents: I The Physicochemical Processes of Pedogenesisand definitions -- 1 Weathering and clay formation -- 2 The dynamics of organic matter -- 3 The movement of material within soils -- 4 General principles of the origin and development of soils -- II Pedogenesis: The Basis of Soil Classification -- 5 Soil classification -- 6 Immature soils and soils with little profile differentiation -- 7 Calcimagnesian soils -- 8 Soils with matured humus: isohumic soils and vertisols -- 9 Brunified soils -- 10 Podzolised soils -- 11 Hydromorphic soils -- 12 Sesquioxide-rich soils -- 13 Salsodic soils.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401163842
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Preliminaries -- 1.0 Motivation -- 1.1 Vectors—algebra -- 1.2 Vectors—calculus -- 1.3 Matrices -- 1.4 Statics—equilibrium -- 1.5 Summation convention and index notation -- 1.6 Elements of beam theory -- 1.7 Conclusions -- 2. Statics and Kinematics of Plate Bending -- 2.0 Introduction -- 2.1 The stress resultants -- 2.2 Principal values -- 2.3 The moment circle -- 2.4 Equilibrium equations—rectangular coordinates -- 2.5 Plate bending kinematics—rectangular coordinates -- 2.6 Equilibrium equations—polar coordinates—radial symmetry -- 2.7 Plate bending kinematics—polar coordinates—radial symmetry -- 2.8 Conclusions -- 3. Elastic Plates -- 3.0 Introduction -- 3.1 Elastic theory of plate bending—moment/curvature relations -- 3.2 Elastic theory of plate bending—governing equation -- 3.3 Circular plates—radial symmetry -- 3.4 Some simple solutions for circular plates -- 3.5 Simple solutions for problems in rectangular coordinates -- 3.6 Further separation of variable features—rectangular plates -- 3.7 Solution by finite differences -- 3.8 Some other aspects of plate theory -- 3.9 Stability of plates -- 3.10 Conclusions -- 4. Plastic Plates -- 4.0 Introduction -- A. Solid metal plates -- B. Reinforced concrete plates -- 5. Optimal Plates -- 5.0 Introduction -- 5.1 Problem formulation -- 5.2 Constant curvature surfaces and principal directions -- 5.3 Basic results—corners -- 5.4 Some complete results -- 5.5 Moment volumes -- 5.6 Some theory -- 5.7 Conclusions -- 5.8 Exercises -- 6. Bibliography and Exercises -- 6.0 Bibliography -- 6.1 Exercises -- Appendix Geometry of Surfaces -- A.0 The need for geometry -- A.1 Geometry of a plane curve—curvature -- A.2 Length measurement on a surface—first fundamental form -- A.3 The normal to a surface -- A.4 Normal curvature—second fundamental form -- A.5 The derivatives of n—the Weingarten equations -- A.6 Directions on a surface -- A.7 The principal curvatures -- A.8 Principal directions -- A.9 Curvature and twist along the coordinate lines -- A.10 The curvature matrix -- A.11 The curvature circle -- A.12 Continuity requirements -- A.13 Special surfaces -- A.14 Summary—the geometrical quantities required for the construction of a plate theory.
    Abstract: Adding another volume, even if only a slim one, to the technical books already published requires some justification. Mine is, firstly, that plate theory is not well represented in the available elementary texts, and secondly that no existing text adequately covers modern applications. The present account is intended to be elementary (though this is a relative term) while still providing stimulation and worthwhile experience for the reader. Special features of interest will I hope be the treatment of geometry of surfaces and the attempts around the end of the work to speculate a little. The detailed treatment of geometry of surfaces has been placed in an appendix where it can readily be referred to by the reader. My interest in plate theory extends back many years to the energetic and stimulating discussions with my supervisor, Professor R. W. Tiffen, at Birkbeck College, London, and a debt to him remains. Interest was rekindled for me by Dr R. E. Melchers when I supervised him in Cambridge some ten years ago, and more recently my stay at Strathclyde University and encouragement and stimulation in the Civil Engineering Department led me to undertake the present work. The typescript was prepared by Ms Catherine Drummond and I thank her warmly for this and other assistance, always cheerfully offered. My thanks also to the publishers and the referees for useful comments and advice. P.G.L.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Preliminaries1.0 Motivation -- 1.1 Vectors-algebra -- 1.2 Vectors-calculus -- 1.3 Matrices -- 1.4 Statics-equilibrium -- 1.5 Summation convention and index notation -- 1.6 Elements of beam theory -- 1.7 Conclusions -- 2. Statics and Kinematics of Plate Bending -- 2.0 Introduction -- 2.1 The stress resultants -- 2.2 Principal values -- 2.3 The moment circle -- 2.4 Equilibrium equations-rectangular coordinates -- 2.5 Plate bending kinematics-rectangular coordinates -- 2.6 Equilibrium equations-polar coordinates-radial symmetry -- 2.7 Plate bending kinematics-polar coordinates-radial symmetry -- 2.8 Conclusions -- 3. Elastic Plates -- 3.0 Introduction -- 3.1 Elastic theory of plate bending-moment/curvature relations -- 3.2 Elastic theory of plate bending-governing equation -- 3.3 Circular plates-radial symmetry -- 3.4 Some simple solutions for circular plates -- 3.5 Simple solutions for problems in rectangular coordinates -- 3.6 Further separation of variable features-rectangular plates -- 3.7 Solution by finite differences -- 3.8 Some other aspects of plate theory -- 3.9 Stability of plates -- 3.10 Conclusions -- 4. Plastic Plates -- 4.0 Introduction -- A. Solid metal plates -- B. Reinforced concrete plates -- 5. Optimal Plates -- 5.0 Introduction -- 5.1 Problem formulation -- 5.2 Constant curvature surfaces and principal directions -- 5.3 Basic results-corners -- 5.4 Some complete results -- 5.5 Moment volumes -- 5.6 Some theory -- 5.7 Conclusions -- 5.8 Exercises -- 6. Bibliography and Exercises -- 6.0 Bibliography -- 6.1 Exercises -- Appendix Geometry of Surfaces -- A.0 The need for geometry -- A.1 Geometry of a plane curve-curvature -- A.2 Length measurement on a surface-first fundamental form -- A.3 The normal to a surface -- A.4 Normal curvature-second fundamental form -- A.5 The derivatives of n-the Weingarten equations -- A.6 Directions on a surface -- A.7 The principal curvatures -- A.8 Principal directions -- A.9 Curvature and twist along the coordinate lines -- A.10 The curvature matrix -- A.11 The curvature circle -- A.12 Continuity requirements -- A.13 Special surfaces -- A.14 Summary-the geometrical quantities required for the construction of a plate theory.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959187
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Glass Formation -- 1.1 General Aspects -- 1.2 Glass Formers -- 1.3 Atomistic Hypotheses of Glass Formation -- 1.4 Kinetic Approach to Glass Formation -- 2 Phase Transformations in Glass -- 2.1 Crystallization -- 2.2 Liquid -Liquid Phase Separation -- 2.3 Glass-Ceramics -- 3 Physical Properties -- 3.1 Density of Glasses -- 3.2 Partial Molar Volume of Constituent Oxides in Glasses and Melts -- 3.3 Refractive Index of Glasses -- 3.4 Thermal Expansion of Glasses -- 3.5 Viscosity of Glasses -- 3.6 Surface Tension of Glasses -- 3.7 Electrical Properties of Glasses -- 4 Chemical Durability of Glass -- 4.1 Mechanism of Reactions of Glasses with Aqueous Solution -- 4.2 Factors Affecting Chemical Durability Measurements of a Glass -- 4.3 Effect of Glass Composition -- 4.4 Effect of pH of the Solution on Chemical Durability of SiO2 (quartz) -- 4.5 Solubility of Silica in Aqueous Solutions -- 4.6 Glass Electrodes -- 5 Oxidation-Reduction Equilibrium in Glass -- 5.1 General -- 5.2 Activity Corrections -- 5.3 Oxidation -Reduction in Glass -- 5.4 Theory of Redox Reactions in Solutions -- 6 Acid-Base Concepts in Glass -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Acid-Base Relationships in Glasses -- 6.3 Oxygen Ion Activity -- 6.4 Transition Metal Ions as Acid-Base Indicators in Glass -- 6.5 Oxidation-Reduction Equilibrium in Glass -- 6.6 Filled Shell Ions with ns2 Configuration as an Acid-Base Indicator in Glass -- 6.7 Vanadylion as an Acid-Base Indicator in Glass -- 7 Coloured Glasses -- 7.1 Atomic Structure and the Periodic Classification of Transition Metals -- 7.2 Theories of Chemical Bonding in Transition Metal Complexes -- 7.3 Application of Bonding Theories in Interpreting d-d Absorption Spectra -- 7.4 Absorption Spectra of Transition Metal Ions -- 7.5 Charge-Transfer Bands -- 7.6 Anionic Substitution in Glass -- 7.7 Photosensitive Glasses -- 7.8 Copper Ruby Glasses -- 7.9 Measurement of Colour, Colour Diagram and Tristimulus Values -- 8 Polymetric Nature of Glass Melts.
    Abstract: 'The preface ... either serves for the explanation of the purpose of the book, or for justification and as an answer to critics'. Lermontov This book is based mainly on the lectures on the Chemistry of Glasses which I gave at the University of Sheffield to the final year honours and postgraduate students of Glass Technology and Materials Science. Most books reflect the interests and enthusiasm of their authors, and the present one is no exception. The chemistry of glass is a rapidly developing field because the frontiers of advanced chemistry and advanced physics are merging together and con­ sequently this book will soon require considerable amplification and modification. However, my experience in teaching the chemistry of glasses for more than a decade has shown me that there is much need for a good text-book on the subject. This book is therefore intended to be a stop-gap which, until it receives that new revision. may serve as a useful reference work for students and research workers alike. I gratefully acknowledge the influence on my thinking of many of those colleagues at Sheffield with whom I have been in contact during the past twenty years or so. In addition to these personal influences, other published works have had considerable influence in modifying my approach. especially Cotton and Wilkinson's Advanced inorganic Chemistry. Dr Peter James helped me in writing Chapter 2, and Professor Peter McMillan not only read the whole manuscript but also made a number of most helpful suggestions.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Glass Formation1.1 General Aspects -- 1.2 Glass Formers -- 1.3 Atomistic Hypotheses of Glass Formation -- 1.4 Kinetic Approach to Glass Formation -- 2 Phase Transformations in Glass -- 2.1 Crystallization -- 2.2 Liquid -Liquid Phase Separation -- 2.3 Glass-Ceramics -- 3 Physical Properties -- 3.1 Density of Glasses -- 3.2 Partial Molar Volume of Constituent Oxides in Glasses and Melts -- 3.3 Refractive Index of Glasses -- 3.4 Thermal Expansion of Glasses -- 3.5 Viscosity of Glasses -- 3.6 Surface Tension of Glasses -- 3.7 Electrical Properties of Glasses -- 4 Chemical Durability of Glass -- 4.1 Mechanism of Reactions of Glasses with Aqueous Solution -- 4.2 Factors Affecting Chemical Durability Measurements of a Glass -- 4.3 Effect of Glass Composition -- 4.4 Effect of pH of the Solution on Chemical Durability of SiO2 (quartz) -- 4.5 Solubility of Silica in Aqueous Solutions -- 4.6 Glass Electrodes -- 5 Oxidation-Reduction Equilibrium in Glass -- 5.1 General -- 5.2 Activity Corrections -- 5.3 Oxidation -Reduction in Glass -- 5.4 Theory of Redox Reactions in Solutions -- 6 Acid-Base Concepts in Glass -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Acid-Base Relationships in Glasses -- 6.3 Oxygen Ion Activity -- 6.4 Transition Metal Ions as Acid-Base Indicators in Glass -- 6.5 Oxidation-Reduction Equilibrium in Glass -- 6.6 Filled Shell Ions with ns2 Configuration as an Acid-Base Indicator in Glass -- 6.7 Vanadylion as an Acid-Base Indicator in Glass -- 7 Coloured Glasses -- 7.1 Atomic Structure and the Periodic Classification of Transition Metals -- 7.2 Theories of Chemical Bonding in Transition Metal Complexes -- 7.3 Application of Bonding Theories in Interpreting d-d Absorption Spectra -- 7.4 Absorption Spectra of Transition Metal Ions -- 7.5 Charge-Transfer Bands -- 7.6 Anionic Substitution in Glass -- 7.7 Photosensitive Glasses -- 7.8 Copper Ruby Glasses -- 7.9 Measurement of Colour, Colour Diagram and Tristimulus Values -- 8 Polymetric Nature of Glass Melts.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401169790
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 472 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: The Handbook of Electronics Packaging Design and Engineering has been writ­ ten as a reference source for use in the packaging design of electronics equip­ ment. It is designed to provide a single convenient source for the solution of re­ curring design problems. The primary consideration of any design is that the end product meet or exceed the applicable product specifications. The judicious use of uniform design practices will realize the following economies and equipment improvements: • Economics of design. Uniform design practices will result in less engineering and design times and lower costs. They will also reduce the number of changes that may be required due to poor reliability, maintainability, or producibility. • Improved design. Better designs with increased reliability, maintainability, and producibility will result from the use of uniform design practices. • Production economies. Uniform designs employing standard available tools, materials, and parts will result in the cost control of manufacturing. The Handbook is intended primarily for the serious student of electronics packaging and for those engineers and designers actively engaged in this vital and interesting profession. It attempts to present electronics packaging as it is today. It can be used as a training text for instructional purposes and as a reference source for the practicing designer and engineer
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Electronics Packaging Design and Engineering: Definition and purpose of electronics packaging and the role of the Designer and Engineer.2 Project Planning: Defining the task to be performed, estimating the documentation, labor, costs, and scheduling. -- 3 Human Factors Engineering: Designing the man-machine interface. Achieving success through the integration of the Human into the system. -- 4 Fabrication Processes: The Designer and Engineer must have a good knowledge of the manufacturing processes used in the production of electronics equipment. -- 5 Mechanical Fasteners: Reliability of available mechanical fastening devices and their applications, strength, and protective finishes. -- 6 Heat Transfer and Thermal Control: One of the most critical problems in electronics packaging is the removal of excessive heat. A simplified method of Thermal design. -- 7 Shock and Vibration Design: Shock and vibration become problems long before the equipment is installed. A quick empirical method of evaluating the mechanical stability of the equipment. -- 8 Subassemblies and Assemblies: Experience has shown that the so-called “scrambled” parts and wiring are not acceptable for reliable electronics equipment. -- 9 Design Considerations for Space Electronics: Equipment must be protected from the harsh environments of Space. Some of this data is useful in ground installations where severe environments may be encountered. -- 10 Environmental Protection: Methods and materials for the protection of equipment in harsh applications, including rain, dust, heat, salt water atmosphere, etc. -- 11 Radio Frequency and Electromagnetic Shielding: An ideal equipment would not radiate unwanted energy, nor would it be susceptable to unwanted radiations. Designing seals and enclosures for EMI/RFI environments. -- 12 Design and Development of Miniature Electronics Systems: The advantage of the miniaturized, compact equipment is the ease with which it can be ruggedized. In modern electronics space is often limited. -- 13 Wiring and Cabling: Conductors play an important role in reliable electronics equipment. Conductor variation have become as complex as the electronics they serve. -- 14 Materials and Processes: Material availability and the applications they serve. How and what to use in specific designs. -- 15 Safety: The design of every electronics equipment must employ features to protect the operating and maintenance personnel. Protection must also be enforced to prevent inadvertant damage to the machine. -- 16 Printed Circuits: Printed wiring can produce a more reliable and lower cost product. -- 17 Reference Tables and and Figures: Standard data of commercially available and military hardware. Engineering standards and measures. -- 18 Terminology: Terminology used in Engineering design and manufacturing. Communications.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401160124
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Electronics. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 Combinational logic -- Binary Inputs and Outputs -- Truth Tables; Boolean Notation -- Electronic Combinational Logic -- Propagation Delay -- Summary -- Problems for Chapter 2 -- Appendix to Chapter 2 -- 3 Sequential Logic -- Memory Devices: Flip-flops and Registers 59 General Properties of Sequential Circuits: -- Counters and Sequencers -- Design of Counters -- Summary -- Problems for Chapter 3 -- 4 Analogue/Digital Conversion -- Digital to Analogue Conversion -- Analogue to Digital Conversion -- Sample-and-hold Devices -- Multiplexers -- A Complete Analogue-to-digital Interface System -- Summary -- Problems for Chapter 4 -- 5 Digital Components and Systems -- A Simple Memory -- Random-access Memory (RAM) -- Read-only Memory (ROM) -- Introducing the Microprocessor -- A Microprocessor System Configuration -- Problems for Chapter 5 -- Appendix A -- Appendix B.
    Abstract: This book is an edited version of part of the teaching text used for the Open University's undergraduate course 'T283 Introductory Electronics', first presented in 1980. The original text was pro­ duced by a course team of nine authors and nine support staff. The team was also responsible for student experimental kits, television and radio programmes. The approach adopted by the course team was to try and teach, where possible, through specification of the problem rather than through discussion of the operation of a selection of available devices and components; since this leads more naturally to modem design strategies such as 'top-down'. The emphasis in the book on the solution of combinational and sequential logic problems by the truth tables and ROMs, rather than logic gates and mapping techniques, illustrates this approach. The book covers topics ranging from logic to microprocessor memory systems and is intended for students with a background in analogue electronics who wish to update their knowledge to include digital electronic systems. Chapter 2 introduces the basic ideas of combinational logic design; truth tables, ROMs, logic gates and Boolean algebra. Chapter 3 deals with sequential logic, and shows how one can design binary and decimal counters and use these to produce a system controller. Chapter 4 examines the system elements needed to interconnect analogue and digital systems.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401169240
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Operations research. ; Management science. ; Artificial intelligence—Data processing. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Linear Programming -- 2. Algorithms -- 3. Duality -- 4. Theory of Games -- 5. Transportation and Flow in Networks -- 6. Integer Programming -- 7. Linear Programming under Uncertainty -- Answers to Problems -- References.
    Abstract: This text is based on a course of about 16 hours lectures to students of mathematics, statistics, and/or operational research. It is intended to introduce readers to the very wide range of applicability of linear programming, covering problems of manage­ ment, administration, transportation and a number of other uses which are mentioned in their context. The emphasis is on numerical algorithms, which are illustrated by examples of such modest size that the solutions can be obtained using pen and paper. It is clear that these methods, if applied to larger problems, can also be carried out on automatic (electronic) computers. Commercially available computer packages are, in fact, mainly based on algorithms explained in this book. The author is convinced that the user of these algorithms ought to be knowledgeable about the underlying theory. Therefore this volume is not merely addressed to the practitioner, but also to the mathematician who is interested in relatively new developments in algebraic theory and in some combinatorial theory as well. The chapters on duality, and on flow in networks, are particularly directed towards this aim and they contain theorems which might not be directly relevant to methods of computation. The application of the concept of duality to the theory of games is of historical interest. It is hoped that the figures, which illustrate the results, will be found illuminating by readers with active geometrical imagination.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Linear Programming2. Algorithms -- 3. Duality -- 4. Theory of Games -- 5. Transportation and Flow in Networks -- 6. Integer Programming -- 7. Linear Programming under Uncertainty -- Answers to Problems -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401165235
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Biomathematics. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The Language of Mathematics -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Priority rules for operators -- 1.3 The summation sign -- 1.4 Functions -- 1.5 Constants, variables and parameters -- 1.6 Dimensional analysis -- 1.7 Plotting graphs -- 1.8 Precision -- 1.9 Problems -- 2 Exponents and Logarithms -- 2.1 Integer powers -- 2.2 Fractional exponents -- 2.3 Addition and subtraction of exponents -- 2.4 Logarithms -- 2.5 Common logarithms -- 2.6 Negative numbers have no logarithms -- 2.7 Natural logarithms -- 2.8 Logarithms to base 2 -- 2.9 Exponential decay -- 2.10 Logarithms as a method of scaling -- 2.11 Products of equilibrium constants -- 2.12 Logarithms of dimensioned quantities? -- 2.13 Redox potentials -- 2.14 Dependence of redox potentials on pH -- 2.15 Problems -- 3 Differential Calculus -- 3.1 Co-ordinate geometry -- 3.2 Slope of a curve -- 3.3 Rapid differentiation -- 3.4 Derivatives of sums and products -- 3.5 Derivative of a ‘function of a function’ -- 3.6 Derivative of a ratio -- 3.7 Higher derivatives -- 3.8 Notation -- 3.9 Maxima and minima -- 3.10 A note on terminology -- 3.11 Points of inflexion -- 3.12 Sketching curves -- 3.13 Problems -- 4 Integral Calculus -- 4.1 Increases in area -- 4.2 Definite and indefinite integrals -- 4.3 Simple integrals -- 4.4 Integral of 1/x -- 4.5 Differential equations -- 4.6 Numerical integration: evaluating the area under a curve -- 4.7 Problems -- 5 Solving Equations -- 5.1 Linear equations in one unknown -- 5.2 Rearranging equations -- 5.3 Simultaneous linear equations -- 5.4 Determinants -- 5.5 Quadratic equations -- 5.6 Graphical solution of equations -- 5.7 Newton’s method -- 5.8 Approximate methods -- 5.9 Problems -- 6 Partial Differentiation -- 6.1 Meaning of a partial derivative -- 6.2 Exact and inexact differentials -- 6.3 Least-squares fitting of the Michaelis—Menten equation -- 6.4 Problems -- Notes and Solutions to Problems.
    Abstract: Some teachers of biochemistry think it positively beneficial for students to struggle with difficult mathematics. I do not number myself among these people, although I have derived much personal pleasure from the study of mathematics and from applying it to problems that interest me in biochemistry. On the contrary, I think that students choose courses in biochemistry out of interest in biochemistry and that they should not be encumbered with more mathematics than is absolutely required for a proper understanding of biochemistry. This of course includes physical chemistry, because a biochemist ignorant of physical chemistry is no biochemist. I have been guided by these beliefs in writing this book. I have laid heavy emphasis on those topics, such as the use of logarithms, that play an important role in biochemistry and often cause problems in teaching; I have ignored others, such as trigonometry, that one can manage without. The proper treatment of statistics has been more difficult to decide. Although it clearly plays an important part in all experi­ mental sciences, it is usually preferable to treat it as a subject in its own right and not to try to incorporate it into a course of elementary mathematics. In this book, therefore, I have used a few examples from statistics to illustrate more general points, but I have not discussed it for its own sake.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Language of Mathematics1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Priority rules for operators -- 1.3 The summation sign -- 1.4 Functions -- 1.5 Constants, variables and parameters -- 1.6 Dimensional analysis -- 1.7 Plotting graphs -- 1.8 Precision -- 1.9 Problems -- 2 Exponents and Logarithms -- 2.1 Integer powers -- 2.2 Fractional exponents -- 2.3 Addition and subtraction of exponents -- 2.4 Logarithms -- 2.5 Common logarithms -- 2.6 Negative numbers have no logarithms -- 2.7 Natural logarithms -- 2.8 Logarithms to base 2 -- 2.9 Exponential decay -- 2.10 Logarithms as a method of scaling -- 2.11 Products of equilibrium constants -- 2.12 Logarithms of dimensioned quantities? -- 2.13 Redox potentials -- 2.14 Dependence of redox potentials on pH -- 2.15 Problems -- 3 Differential Calculus -- 3.1 Co-ordinate geometry -- 3.2 Slope of a curve -- 3.3 Rapid differentiation -- 3.4 Derivatives of sums and products -- 3.5 Derivative of a ‘function of a function’ -- 3.6 Derivative of a ratio -- 3.7 Higher derivatives -- 3.8 Notation -- 3.9 Maxima and minima -- 3.10 A note on terminology -- 3.11 Points of inflexion -- 3.12 Sketching curves -- 3.13 Problems -- 4 Integral Calculus -- 4.1 Increases in area -- 4.2 Definite and indefinite integrals -- 4.3 Simple integrals -- 4.4 Integral of 1/x -- 4.5 Differential equations -- 4.6 Numerical integration: evaluating the area under a curve -- 4.7 Problems -- 5 Solving Equations -- 5.1 Linear equations in one unknown -- 5.2 Rearranging equations -- 5.3 Simultaneous linear equations -- 5.4 Determinants -- 5.5 Quadratic equations -- 5.6 Graphical solution of equations -- 5.7 Newton’s method -- 5.8 Approximate methods -- 5.9 Problems -- 6 Partial Differentiation -- 6.1 Meaning of a partial derivative -- 6.2 Exact and inexact differentials -- 6.3 Least-squares fitting of the Michaelis-Menten equation -- 6.4 Problems -- Notes and Solutions to Problems.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401572880
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 260 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: The University of Western Ontario Series in Philosophy of Science, A Series of Books in Philosophy of Science, Methodology, Epistemology, Logic, History of Science, and Related Fields 19
    Series Statement: The Western Ontario Series in Philosophy of Science, A Series of Books in Philosophy of Science, Methodology, Epistemology, Logic, History of Science, and Related Fields 19
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- 2. The Sources of Modern Methodology: Two Models of Change -- 3. A Revisionist Note on the Methodological Significance of Galilean Mechanics -- 4. The Clock Metaphor and Hypotheses: The Impact of Descartes on English Methodological Thought, 1650–1670 -- 5. John Locke on Hypotheses: Placing The Essay in the ‘Scientific Tradition’ -- 6. Hume (and Hacking) on Induction -- 7. Thomas Reid and the Newtonian Turn of British Methodological Thought -- 8. The Epistemology of Light: Some Methodological Issues in the Subtle Fluids Debate -- 9. Towards a Reassessment of Comte’s ‘Méthode Positive’ -- 10. William Whewell on the Consilience of Inductions -- 11. Why was the Logic of Discovery Abandoned? -- 12. A Note on Induction and Probability in the 19th Century -- 13. Ernst Mach’s Opposition to Atomism -- 14. Peirce and the Trivialization of the Self-Corrective Thesis -- Bibliographic Note -- Index of Names.
    Abstract: This book consists of a collection of essays written between 1965 and 1981. Some have been published elsewhere; others appear here for the first time. Although dealing with different figures and different periods, they have a common theme: all are concerned with examining how the method of hy­ pothesis came to be the ruling orthodoxy in the philosophy of science and the quasi-official methodology of the scientific community. It might have been otherwise. Barely three centuries ago, hypothetico­ deduction was in both disfavor and disarray. Numerous rival methods for scientific inquiry - including eliminative and enumerative induction, analogy and derivation from first principles - were widely touted. The method of hypothesis, known since antiquity, found few proponents between 1700 and 1850. During the last century, of course, that ordering has been inverted and - despite an almost universal acknowledgement of its weaknesses - the method of hypothesis (usually under such descriptions as 'hypothetico­ deduction' or 'conjectures and refutations') has become the orthodoxy of the 20th century. Behind the waxing and waning of the method of hypothesis, embedded within the vicissitudes of its fortunes, there is a fascinating story to be told. It is a story that forms an integral part of modern science and its philosophy.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    ISBN: 9789400985223
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (356p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Analecta Husserliana, The Yearbook of Phenomenological Research 13
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Linguistics ; Phenomenology ; Language and languages—Style. ; Science—Philosophy.
    Abstract: I Introduction The Babel of Criticism -- I -- II In The Beginning, The Word -- III Apprenticeship in Sorcery -- IV The Gift of Tongues -- V Through Streets Wide and Narrow -- VI “I was my Father and I was my Son” -- VII Voices in the Mud -- II -- VIII Creating a Scene -- IX Voices, in English, on the Air -- X English Voices for the Stage -- XI The Limits of Theater -- XII Soul made Light, and Sound -- XIII Sound, Sense and Sound -- XIV Closure -- References.
    Abstract: In the wake of so many other keys to the treasure, whoever undertakes still another book of criticism on the novels and drama of Samuel Beckett must assume the grave burden of justifying the attempt, especially for him who like one of John Barth's recent fictional characterizations of himself, believes that the key to the treasure is the treasure itself. No one will ever have the privilege of the last word on these texts, since any words other than the author's own found therein must be referred back to the text themselves for cautious verification. Indeed, the words the author has used to create the oeuvre stand by virtue of their own creativeness, or fail in their pretense, and need no critical comment to be appreciated for what they have achieved or have failed to achieve. In criticism there is no privileged point of view - not even the author's own. He has consulted his knowledge and experience to make the work, and whoever would criticize his efforts would seem to owe him the indulgence of doing the same. If communication is mediated through the works, the author and his readers respond in recipro­ cal fashion to the expressiveness of their contexts. For the philosopher of art, the challenge is extremely tempting - on a manifold count.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400981058
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: The Developments Series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Determination of Static Corrections -- 2. Vibroseis Processing -- 3. The l1 Norm in Seismic Data Processing -- 4. Predictive Deconvolution -- 5. Exploration for Geothermal Energy -- 6. Migration.
    Abstract: One facet of development in this field is that the methods of gathering and processing geophysical data, and displaying results, lead to presentations which are more and more comprehensible geologically. Expressed in another way, the work of the interpreter becomes progressively less onerous. The contributions in this collection of original papers illustrate this direction of development, especially in seismic prospecting. If one could carry out to perfection the steps of spiking deconvolution, migration and time--depth conversion, then the seismic section would be as significant geologically as a cliff-face, and as easy to understand. Perhaps this is not yet achieved, but it remains an objective, brought closer by work such as that described by the authors. The editor offers his best thanks to the contributors-busy geophysicists who have written with erudition on this range of subjects of current interest. A. A. FITCH v CONTENTS Preface v List of Contributors IX 1. Determination of Static Corrections A. W. ROGERS 2. Vibroseis Processing 37 P. KIRK The 11 Norm in Seismic Data Processing 53 3. H. L. TAYLOR 4. Predictive Deconvolution 77 E. A. ROBINSON 5. Exploration for Geothermal Energy 107 G. V. KELLER 6. Migration 151 P. HOOD Index 231 vii LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS P. HOOD Geophysicist, Geophysics Research Branch, The British Petroleum Co. Ltd, Britannic House, Moor Lane, London EC2Y 9BU, UK.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401164566
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science 65
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 65
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction: Science in Its Social Setting -- 2. The Present State of the Philosophy of Science -- 3. Was Wittgenstein Really Necessary? -- 4. Epistemology as an Aid to Science -- 5. Externalism -- 6. The Autonomy of Science -- 7. The Legitimation of Science -- 8. Sociologism in Philosophy of Science -- 9. Revolutions in Science, Occasional or Permanent? -- 10. Cultural Lag in Science -- 11. Storage and Communication of Knowledge -- 12. The Economics of Scientific Publications -- 13. Revising the Referee System -- 14. Scientific Schools and Their Success -- 15. Genius in Science -- 16. Scientists as Sleepwalkers -- 17. The Logic of Scientific Inquiry -- 18. The Choice of Scientific Problems -- 19. Between Metaphysics and Methodology -- 20. Research Project -- 21. The Methodology of Research Projects: A Sketch -- 22. Continuity and Discontinuity in the History of Science -- 23. Three Views of the Renaissance of Science -- 24. On Explaining the Trial of Galileo -- 25. The Origins of the Royal Society -- 26. The Ideological Import of Newton -- 27. Sir John Herschel’s Philosophy of Success -- 28. What Makes for a Scientific Golden Age? -- 29. Max Weber’s Scientific Religion -- 30. On Pursuing the Unattainable -- 31. Faith Has Nothing to do With Rationality -- 32. Rationality and the Tu Quoque Argument -- 33. Technocracy and Scientific Progress -- 34. Standards to Live By -- Bibliography of Joseph Agasssi -- Index of Names -- Index of Subjects.
    Abstract: "If a science has to be supported by fraudulent means, let it perish. " With these words of Kepler, Agassi plunges into the actual troubles and glories of science (321). The SOciology of science is no foreign intruder upon scientific knowledge in these essays, for we see clearly how Agassi transforms the tired internalistJexternalist debate about the causal influences in the history of science. The social character of the entire intertwined epistemological and practical natures of the sciences is intrinsic to science and itself split: the internal sociology within science, the external sociology of the social setting without. Agassi sees these social matters in the small as well as the large: from the details of scientific communication, changing publishing as he thinks to 'on-demand' centralism with less waste (Ch. 12), to the colossal tension of romanticism and rationality in the sweep of historical cultures. Agassi is a moral and political philosopher of science, defending, dis­ turbing, comprehending, criticizing. For him, science in a society requires confrontation, again and again, with issues of autonomy vs. legitimation as the central problem of democracy. And furthermore, devotion to science, pace Popper, Polanyi, and Weber, carries preoccupational dangers: Popper's elitist rooting out of 'pseudo-science', Weber's hard-working obsessive . com­ mitment to science. See Agassi's Weberian gloss on the social psychology of science in his provocative 'picture of the scientist as maniac' (437).
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400983663
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (366p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Analecta Husserliana, The Yearbook of Phenomenological Research 11
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Phenomenology ; History
    Abstract: I: The Great Chain of Being in Phenomenology -- A. The Great Chain of Being and Creative Imagination -- Existence and Order -- Exposition: Man-the-Creator and the “Prototype of Action” -- B. Upstream Enquiries -- Le problème de l’être dans la phénoménologie de Husserl -- Les degrés de l’être chez saint Thomas d’Aquin -- Leibniz et la chaîne des êtres -- Kant, Nicolai Hartmann, and the Great Chain of Being -- The “Great Chain of Being” in Scheler’s Philosophy -- Edith Stein on the “Order and Chain of Being” -- The Degrees of Being from the Point of View of the Phenomenology of Action -- Annex Program of the Roman Symposium (27–28 March 1976) -- II: Italian Phenomenology A. Phenomenology And The Human Sciences -- A. Phenomenology and the Human Sciences -- Phenomenology and Science: An Annotated Bibliography of Work in Italy -- Epistemological and Phenomenological Considerations about the Natural Sciences in the Thought of E. Husserl -- Moral Philosophy and the Human Sciences -- On the Psychopathology of the Life-World -- Some Indications toward a Phenomenologically Oriented Approach to Child Neuropsychiatry -- Phenomenology of the Schizophrenic Split -- B. Husserlian Investigations -- The Language Problem in Husserl’s Phenomenology -- The Phenomenology of External Objects according to Ding und Raum -- Reawakening and Resistance: A Stoic Source of the Husserlian Epoché -- The Phenomenology of Religion as a Science and as a Philosophy -- Einfühlung und Intersubjektivität bei Edith Stein und bei Husserl -- Annex: Conference Program (Viterbo, 24–25 February 1979) -- Index Of Names.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401173704
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , digital
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Fundamentals of Naval Science Series 4
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The Art of Navigation -- 2 The Shipboard Navigation Department Organization -- Duties of the Navigator -- Relationship of the Navigator to the Command Structure -- The Navigator’s Staff -- 3 The Piloting Team -- The Navigator and His Plotter -- The Bearing Recorder -- The Bearing Taker -- The Radar Operator -- The Echo Sounder Operator -- The Piloting Team Routine -- Conclusion -- 4 The Nautical Chart -- The Terrestrial Coordinate System -- Chart Projections -- Chart Interpretation 26 Determination of Position, Distance, and Direction on a Mercator Chart -- Production of Nautical Charts -- The Chart Numbering System -- The Chart Correction System -- Summary -- 5 Navigational Publications -- Catalog of Nautical Charts, Publication No. 1-N -- NOS Nautical Chart Catalogs -- Coast Pilots -- Sailing Directions -- Fleet Guides -- Light List -- List of Lights -- Tide and Tidal Current Tables -- Pilot Charts -- Distance Between Ports, Publication No. 151 -- Almanacs -- Reference Texts and Manuals -- Publication Correction System -- Summary -- 6 Visual Navigation Aids -- Characteristics of Lighted Navigation Aids -- Identifying a Navigational Light -- Computing the Visibility of a Light -- Buoys and Beacons -- The U.S. Lateral System -- The IALA Combined Cardinal and Lateral System -- Use of Buoys and Beacons During Piloting -- Summary -- 7 Navigational Instruments -- The Measurement of Direction -- Measurement of Distance -- Measurement of Speed -- Measurement of Depth -- Plotting Instruments -- Miscellaneous Instruments -- Summary -- 8 Dead Reckoning -- Determining the Fix -- Principles of the Dead Reckoning Plot -- The Running Fix -- The Estimated Position -- The Track -- Summary -- 9 Shipboard Compasses -- The Magnetic Compass -- The Gyrocompass -- Summary -- 10 Radar -- Characteristics of a Surface-Search/Navigational Radar -- The Radar Output Display -- Interpretation of a Radarscope Presentation -- Use of Radar During Piloting -- Summary -- 11 Tide -- Causes of Tide -- Types of Tides -- Tidal Reference Planes -- Predicting Height of Tide -- The Bridge Problem -- The Shoal Problem -- Effect of Unusual Meteorological Conditions -- Summary -- 12 Current -- Ocean Current -- Tidal Current -- Wind-driven Currents -- Summary -- 13 Current Sailing -- The Estimated Current Triangle -- Solving the Estimated Current Triangle -- The Estimated Position Allowing for Current -- Determining an EP from a Running Fix -- The Actual Current Triangle -- Summary -- 14 Precise Piloting and Anchoring -- Ship’s Handling Characteristics -- Use of Advance and Transfer During Piloting -- Anchoring -- Summary -- 15 Voyage Planning -- Time -- The Voyage-Planning Process -- Optimum Track Ship Routing -- Miscellaneous Considerations -- Summary -- Appendix A. Chart No. 1 285 -- Appendix B. Abbreviations and Symbols Commonly Used in Piloting.
    Abstract: Throughout the history of warfare at sea, navigation has been an important basic determinant of victory. Occasionally, new members of the fraternity of the sea will look upon navigation as a chore to be tolerated only as long as it takes to find someone else to assume the responsibility. In my experience, such individuals never make good naval officers. Commander Hobbs has succeeded in bringing together the information and practical skills required for that individual who would take the first step down the road toward becoming a competent marine navigator. At the outset of this book, the author stresses the necessity for safe navigation, but there is another basic tenet of sea warfare that this book serves. The best weapons system man has ever devised cannot function effectively unless it knows where it is in relation to the real world, where it is in relation to the enemy, and where the enemy is in relation to the real world. Not all defeats can be attributed to this lack of information, but no victories have been won by those who did not know where they were.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    ISBN: 9789400982017
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (260p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Martinus Nijhoff philosophy texts 2
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Martinus Nijhoff philosophy texts
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology
    Abstract: Understanding Husserl’s Transcendental Phenomenology: An Introductory Essay -- The Problem Of The Phenomenology Of Edmund Husserl -- Operative Concepts in Husserl’s Phenomenology -- A Transcendental-Phenomenological Investigation concerning Universal Idealism, Intentional Analysis and the Genesis of Habitus: Arch?, Phansis, Hexis, Logos -- Reflections on the Foundation of the Relation between the A Priori and the Eidos in the Phenomenology of Husserl -- Regions of Being and Regional Ontologies in Husserl’s Phenomenology -- The Problem Posed by the Transcendental Science of the A Priori of the Life-World -- Notes on the First Part Of Experience and Judgment by Husserl -- A Letter from Ludwig Landgrebe to Jean Wahl -- A Note on Some Empiricist Aspects of the Thought of Husserl -- The Specific Character of the Social According to Husserl -- Notes on the Authors -- Notes on the Translator| Editors and Contributor.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401732703
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 239 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Collection Fondée Par H. L. van Breda et Publiée Sous le Patronage des Centres D’Archives-Husserl 80
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Series Founded by H. L. Van Breda and Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 80
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology
    Abstract: 1. “Intention” and “Intentionality” in the Scholastics, Brentano and Husserl (with Supplement 1979) -- 2. Husserl’s and Peirce’s Phenomenologies: Coincidence or Interaction (with three Supplements 1979) -- 3. Husserl’s Phenomenology and Sartre’s Existentialism -- 4. Husserl and Pfander on the Phenomenological Reduction (with Supplement 1979) -- 5. “Linguistic Phenomenology”: John L. Austin and Alexander Pfander -- 6. Amiel’s “New Phenomenology” -- 7. What William James Knew about Edmund Husserl: On the Credibility of Pitkin’s Testimony (with Supplement 1979) -- 8. Brentano’s Husserl Image -- 9. On the Significance of the Correspondence between Brentano and Husserl -- 10. Husserl in England: Facts and Lessons -- 11. On the Misfortunes of Husserl’s Encyclopaedia Britannica Article “Phenomenology” -- 12. Preface to W. R Boyce Gibson’s Freiburg Diary 1928 -- 13. Husserl’s Approach to Phenomenology for Americans: A Letter and its Sequel -- 14. A Review of Wolfgang Kohler’s The Place of Value in a World of Facts -- 15. The Puzzle of Wittgenstein’s Phänomenologie (1929 —?) (with Supplement 1979) -- Appendix: Supplement 1980 to “Husserl in England” -- Index of Names.
    Abstract: This is an unashamed collection of studies grown, but not planned before­ hand, whose belated unity sterns from an unconscious pattern ofwhich I was not aware at the time ofwriting. I call it "unashamed" not only because I have made no effort to patch up this collection by completely new pieces, but also because there seems to me nothing shamefully wrong about following up some loose ends left dangling from my main study of the Phenomenological Movement which I had to cut off from the body of my account in order to preserve its unity and proportion. This disc1aimer does not mean that there is no connection among the pieces he re assembled. They belong together, while not requiring consecutive reading, as attempts to establish common ground 1lnd lines of communication between the Phenomenological Movement and related enterprises in philo­ sophy. They are not put together arbitrarily, but because ofintrinsic affinities to phenomenology. This does not mean an attempt to blur its edges. But since they are growing edges, any boundaries cannot be drawn sharply without interfering with the phenomena. Nevertheless, in the end the figure of the Phenomenological Movement should stand out more distinctIy as the text against its surrounding context, ofwhich these studies are to provide some ofthe comparative and historical background. This is why I gave to this collection the titIe "The Context ofthe Phenomenological Movement" in contrast to the central "text" as contained in my historical introduction to this movement.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    ISBN: 9789400981027
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Energy from Wastes Series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 Methods of production of fuels from biomass -- Physical and physico-chemical methods -- Biological methods -- 3 The microbiology and biochemistry of anaerobic digestion -- The microbial population in general -- The breakdown of carbohydrates -- The breakdown of nitrogenous compounds -- The breakdown of fats -- Minor bacterial reactions -- Methane production -- Factors affecting the rates of growth and activities of digester bacteria and interactions amongst the bacteria -- Conclusions -- 4 Types of digesters: theoretical aspects and modelling of digester systems and deviations from theory -- Biological models -- The Engineering Model -- The Economic Model -- 5 Types of digesters being constructed and the operation of digesters -- Starting a digestion -- The single-stage stirred-tank digester -- The contact digester -- Anaerobic filters -- The upflow sludge-blanket digester -- The fluidised-bed digester -- Digesters for agricultural wastes and vegetable matter -- Gas-holders and gas handling -- Safety precautions and tests with digesters -- 6 Uses of digested sludge -- Use as fertiliser -- Use in animal feedstuffs -- 7 Biogas production—laboratory and pilot-plant experiments -- General—the apparatus -- Domestic sewage -- Domestic garbage -- Industrial wastes -- Agricultural wastes -- Conclusions -- 8 Energy production by practical-scale digesters -- Domestic and municipal sewage -- Domestic garbage with sewage sludge -- Other wastes -- Appendix 1 Photographs of full-scale working digesters -- Appendix 2 Some estimates of wastes available for biogas or other fuel production -- Appendix 3 Glossary of terms.
    Abstract: This volume in the Energy from Wastes Series covers the area of methane production from agricultural and domestic wastes. Principally this involves the conversion of excreta and other organic effluents to a valuable gaseous fuel plus, in many cases, a useful sludge for fertiliser or feedstuffs. Dr Hobson and his colleagues have written a comprehensive text on the principles of microbiological processes and the biochemistry of anaerobic digestion, embracing the design of digesters with examples of current working installations. The potential for anaerobic digestion of wastes as diverse as sewage to fruit processing effluents is also reviewed. This work should be of interest to all who have to manage organic waste treatment and disposal, as well as to a wider readership who wish to know more about methane production by anaerobic digestion. ANDREW PORTEOUS v Preface The production of methane, or more exactly, a flammable 'biogas' containing methane and carbon dioxide, by microbiological methods ('anaerobic digestion') is not new. The reactions have been in industrial use for over a hundred years, but only in sewage purification processes. In some times of national stress, such as war-time, the microbiological production of gas purely for fuel has been investigated, but with the resumption of plentiful su pplies of fossil fuels the investigations have faded awa y.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401734462
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 211 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica 81
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Series Founded by H. L. Van Breda and Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 81
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology
    Abstract: I. The Refutation of Psychologism -- II. Establishing the Guiding Motivation: The Refutation of Scepticism and Relativism -- III. The Category of the Ideal -- IV. The Being of The Ideal -- V. Subjective Accomplishment: Intentionality as ontological Transcendence -- VI. The Subject-Object Correlation -- VII. Categorial Representation -- VIII. Ontological Difficulties and Motivating Connections -- Notes -- Name Index.
    Abstract: This study proposes a double thesis. The first concerns the Logische Untersuchungen itself. We will attempt to show that its statements about the nature of being are inconsistent and that this inconsis­ tency is responsible for the failure of this work. The second con­ cerns the Logische Untersuchungen's relation to the Ideen. The latter, we propose, is a response to the failure of the Logische Untersuchungen's ontology. It can thus be understood in terms of a shift in the ontology of the Logische Untersuchungen, a shift motivated by the attempt to overcome the contradictory assertions of the Logische Untersuchungen. In this sense our thesis is that, in the technical meaning that Husserl gives the term, the Logische Untersuchungen and the Ideen can be linked via a "motivated path. " We can, by way of an introduction, clarify our theses by regard­ ing three elements. The first is the relation of epistemology to ontology. The second is the notion of motivation as Husserl conceives the term. The third is the fundamental distinctions that are to be explained via the notion of motivation. 1. We should begin by remarking that the goal of the Logische Untersuchungen is explicitly epistemological; it is that of answer­ ing "the cardinal question of epistemology, the question concerning the objectivity of knowledge" (LU, Tub. ed. , I, 8; F. , p. 56V For Husserl, his other questions - i. e.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401169219
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 493 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Cell death: a new classification separating apoptosis from necrosis -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Necrosis -- 1.3 Apoptosis -- 1.4 Validity of the classification -- 1.5 Summary and conclusions -- References -- 2 Cell death in embryogenesis -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Limb development and cell death -- 2.3 Development of the nervous system -- 2.4 Differentiation of the reproductive system -- 2.5 Epithelial cell death during fusion of the secondary palate in mammalian development -- 2.6 Lysosomes and the control of embryonic cell death at the cellular level -- References -- 3 Cell death in metamorphosis Richard -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Amphibian metamorphosis -- 3.3 Metamorphosis in invertebrates -- 3.4 A model of cell death in metamorphosis -- 3.5 Cell death in metamorphosis: the future -- References -- 4 Tissue homeostasis and cell death -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Growth patterns -- 4.3 Organ growth control -- 4.4 Model systems — the thymus -- 4.5 Homeostasis in malignant tissue -- 5 Cell senescence and death in plants -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Examination of senescent and dying cells -- 5.3 Biochemical and cytochemical consideration -- 5.4 Possibile interpretations of the biochemical, cytochemical and ultrastructural studies -- 5.5 Mechanisms of cell senescence and death revisited -- 6 The tissue kinetics of cell loss -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The cell cycle -- 6.3 The organization of cell populations -- 6.4 The measurement of the kinetics of cell loss -- 6.5 Some examples involving the measurement of cell loss kinetics in normal tissues -- 6.6 The kinetics of cell loss in tumours -- 6.7 Tissue responses -- 6.8 Conclusions -- References -- 7 Cell death and the disease process. The role of calcium -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Stages of cell injury 209 7.2.1 Comments on the stages -- 7.3 Mechanisms of progression -- 7.4 The role of ion shifts in cell injury -- 7.5 Calcium and cell injury -- 7.6 Hypothesis -- 7.7 Summary 234 References -- 8 Cell death in vitro -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Cell aging and death in vitro -- 8.3 Donor age versus cell doubling potential -- 8.4 Species lifespan versus cell doubling potential -- 8.5 The finite lifetime of normal cells transplanted in vivo -- 8.6 Population doublings in vivo -- 8.7 Organ clocks -- 8.8 Clonal variation -- 8.9 Irradiation, DNA repair and effects of visible light -- 8.10 Cytogenetic studies -- 8.11 Error accumulation -- 8.12 The proliferating pool -- 8.13 Efforts to increase population doubling potential -- 8.14 Phase III in cultured mouse fibroblasts -- 8.15 Phase III theories -- 8.16 Can cell death be normal? -- 8.17 Dividing, slowly dividing and non-dividing cells -- 8.18 Aging or differentiation? -- 8.19 Functional and biochemical changes that occur in cultured normal human cells -- 8.20 Immortal cells -- References -- 9 Nucleic acids in cell death -- 9.1 The basic problem -- 9.2 Protein synthesis in eukaryotic cells -- 9.3 Nucleic acids in silk glands -- 9.4 Limitations of present data -- 9.5 Future developments 290 References -- 10 Mechanism(s) of action of nerve growth factor in intact and lethally injured sympathetic nerve cell in neonatal rodents -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Historical survey -- 10.3 The salivary NGF: morphological and biochemical effects induced in its target cells -- 10.4 Dual access and mechanisms of action of NGF in its target cells -- 10.5 Destruction of immature sympathetic nerve cells by immunochemical, pharmacological and surgical procedures -- 10.6 Surgical axotomy -- 10.7 Protective effects of NGF against 6-OHDA, guanethidine, vinblastine, AS-NGF and surgical axotomy -- 10.8 Some considerations and concluding remarks -- References -- 11 Glucocorticoid-induced lymphocyte death -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Glucocorticoid receptors and metabolic effects in lymphocytes -- 11.3 Lethal effects of glucocorticoids on lymphocytes -- 11.4 Genetic analysis of glucocorticoid-induced cell death -- 11.5 Mechanisms of glucocorticoid-induced cell death -- 11.6 Conclusions -- References -- 12 The role of the LT system in cell destruction in vitro -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Molecular characteristics of the LT systems of cytotoxic effector molecules -- 12.3 Cellular processes involved in LT release by unstimulated (primary) and stimulated (secondary) human lymphocytes -- 12.4 Types of lytic reactions induced by lytic molecules of various weights in vitro -- 12.5 Conclusions -- References -- 13 Techniques for demonstrating cell death -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Microscopical -- 13.3 Cytochemical and biochemical -- References -- Author index.
    Abstract: It is clear that lysosomal enzymes often play a role in the destruction of the cytoplasm, but very few authorities feel that they initiate the process (Chapters 1, 2, 3, 5 -8, 12, 13). The cells show many forms of damage, and sometimes even complete destruction, before Iysosomes become a dominant part of the environ­ ment. What initiates the process is still unclear, although in several instances it appears that the death of a cell may arise from anyone of several pathways (Chapters, 10, II). It is rather interesting that evolution has chosen to achieve the same goal by different means. Apparently no one point is exceptionally or pre­ ferentially vulnerable, though a common pathway, such as permeability of the plasma membrane to calcium (Chapter 7), might currently be too subtle for routine identification. Factors which affect membrane stability and which induce mem­ brane bending can lead to blebing, cell fragmentation and death. Thus, more work on the changing chemistry of the plasma membrane in relation to environmental fluctuations would be welcomed. Space requirements and the major orientation of the book forced the exclusion of several very interesting topics: an evolutionary treatment of the advantages of cell death as a means of eliminating vestigial organs or embryonic scaffolding; or consider­ ation of the merits of body sculpting by cell death rather than cell growth.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400958302
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- References -- 2 Lead in the atmosphere -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Sources of lead in air -- 2.3 Concentrations of lead in ambient air -- 2.4 Particle size distributions -- 2.5 Chemical properties of atmospheric lead -- References -- 3 Lead in water 33 -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Sources of lead in surface waters -- 3.3 Concentrations of lead in water -- 3.4 Chemistry of lead in water -- References -- 4 Lead in soils -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Sources of lead in soil -- 4.3 Concentrations of lead in soil -- 4.4 Uptake of soil lead by living organisms -- 4.5 Chemistry of lead in soils -- 4.6 Lead in street dusts -- References -- 5 Control of lead in air -- 5.1 Industrial sources of lead -- 5.2 Control of industrial emissions of lead -- 5.3 Legislative regulations affecting industrial lead emissions -- 5.4 Control of lead emissions from motor vehicles -- 5.5 Ambient air quality standard for lead -- 5.6 Control of lead within the workplace -- References -- 6 Control of lead discharges to water -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Water quality criteria and standards -- 6.3 Uniform emission standards versus water quality objectives -- 6.4 Control practices for lead discharges -- References -- 7 Human exposure to lead and its effects -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Sources and intake of lead -- 7.3 Uptake of lead -- 7.4 Metabolism of lead -- 7.5 Blood leads -- 7.6 Biological and adverse health effects of exposure to lead -- References -- 8 Chemical analysis of lead in the environment -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Chemical analysis of lead: available techniques -- 8.3 Sampling and analysis of environmental media -- 8.4 Contamination during lead analysis -- References -- Index 166.
    Abstract: At the time of writing, the topic of lead pollution is the subject of an intense and sometimes heated debate. The argument centres upon possible adverse health effects arising from exposure of children to current environmental levels of lead. Such arguments now appear little closer to resolution than they did five years ago, although the development of ever more sophisticated biochemical and epidemiological techniques may eventually provide an answer. Over the past five to ten years, as the general public has become aware of the lead issue, pressure has been put upon governments to limit emissions of lead, and hence limit or reduce the exposure of the population to the metal. Govern­ ments and governmental agencies have responded in several ways, varying between those who prefer to take little or no action on the basis that they see no cause for concern, and those who have taken firm action after concluding that the scientific and medical evidence warrants this approach. Any effective control strategy for lead requires knowledge of the sources of environmental exposure and an understanding of the pathways of this metal in the environment. This book aims to provide such information and to explain the methods available for limiting emissions of lead from the most important sources. To put this information in context a chapter on the routes of human exposure to lead and the health effects is included.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 IntroductionReferences -- 2 Lead in the atmosphere -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Sources of lead in air -- 2.3 Concentrations of lead in ambient air -- 2.4 Particle size distributions -- 2.5 Chemical properties of atmospheric lead -- References -- 3 Lead in water 33 -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Sources of lead in surface waters -- 3.3 Concentrations of lead in water -- 3.4 Chemistry of lead in water -- References -- 4 Lead in soils -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Sources of lead in soil -- 4.3 Concentrations of lead in soil -- 4.4 Uptake of soil lead by living organisms -- 4.5 Chemistry of lead in soils -- 4.6 Lead in street dusts -- References -- 5 Control of lead in air -- 5.1 Industrial sources of lead -- 5.2 Control of industrial emissions of lead -- 5.3 Legislative regulations affecting industrial lead emissions -- 5.4 Control of lead emissions from motor vehicles -- 5.5 Ambient air quality standard for lead -- 5.6 Control of lead within the workplace -- References -- 6 Control of lead discharges to water -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Water quality criteria and standards -- 6.3 Uniform emission standards versus water quality objectives -- 6.4 Control practices for lead discharges -- References -- 7 Human exposure to lead and its effects -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Sources and intake of lead -- 7.3 Uptake of lead -- 7.4 Metabolism of lead -- 7.5 Blood leads -- 7.6 Biological and adverse health effects of exposure to lead -- References -- 8 Chemical analysis of lead in the environment -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Chemical analysis of lead: available techniques -- 8.3 Sampling and analysis of environmental media -- 8.4 Contamination during lead analysis -- References -- Index 166.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401099264
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The Fuel We Waste -- 2 Ignition -- 3 Carburation -- 4 Testing -- 5 Tuning -- 6 Variable Venturi Carburetters -- 7 Fixed Venturi Carburetters -- 8 Proprietary Tuning Kits -- 9 Electronic Ignition Kits -- 10 Bolt-on Aids to Economy -- 11 Driving for Economy -- Appendix Suppliers’ Names and Addresses.
    Abstract: This book is for the typical motorist who, as shown in the first chapter, only looks at his engine when he remembers to check the oil level or has noticed a tendency to misfire under load. He could be aware that the car no longer gives the good mpg it gave when he bought it as an 'immaculate used car' and could be wondering what to do about it. This book will tell him. The richer motorists in their new Jaguars and Mercedes - the ones that flash past us on the Motorway - never worry about fuel consumption. This book is not for them. Here, then, is an explanation of the principles of tuning, fol­ lowed by a simple step-by-step DIY tuning schedule. A hard look is taken at the many magical economy devices offered in the Press. Two of these are shown to stand up to critical examination and honest testing, namely some electronic ignition kits and the Kenlowe electric fan. Two more devices show marginal gains in economy. Finally, we offer advice on how to approach the economy driving techniques of the successful Economy Rally drivers. Since we live in such a cynical age we find it necessary to state that we have no connections with, nor have received any financial inducements from, any of the recommended firms making tun­ ing equipment or economy aids. We must thank these companies for all the useful information they have supplied. A full list is given in the Appendix.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Fuel We Waste2 Ignition -- 3 Carburation -- 4 Testing -- 5 Tuning -- 6 Variable Venturi Carburetters -- 7 Fixed Venturi Carburetters -- 8 Proprietary Tuning Kits -- 9 Electronic Ignition Kits -- 10 Bolt-on Aids to Economy -- 11 Driving for Economy -- Appendix Suppliers’ Names and Addresses.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400983878
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (320p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; History
    Abstract: Consciousness -- ?) The ego §413 -- ß) Subjective idealism § 415 -- A. Consciousness as such -- B. Self-consciousness § 424 -- C. Reason §438 -- Notes -- Index to the Text -- Index to the Introduction and Notes.
    Description / Table of Contents: Consciousness?) The ego §413 -- ß) Subjective idealism § 415 -- A. Consciousness as such -- B. Self-consciousness § 424 -- C. Reason §438 -- Notes -- Index to the Text -- Index to the Introduction and Notes.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401173735
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 History of Food Laws in the United States -- 2 The Setting for Food Regulatory Programs -- 3 The Legal System in the United States Government -- 4 Establishing a Legal Basis for Food Regulatory Programs -- 5 The Enactment of Federal Legislation -- 6 Publication, Documentation and Codification of Federal Legislation -- 7 Regulations -- 8 Publication of Federal Regulations -- 9 How to Use the Code of Federal Regulations and the Federal Register -- 10 Regulatory Agencies -- 11 Food Standards -- 12 Product Liability -- 13 Current Federal Food Laws -- 14 Selected Laws Relating to Operation of the Federal Government -- 15 United States Grain Standards Act of 1976 -- 16 Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act -- 17 United States Warehouse Act -- 18 Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, 1930 -- 19 Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946 -- 20 Animal Welfare Act -- 21 Federal Trade Commission Act -- 22 Fair Packaging and Labeling Act -- 23 Tea Importation Act -- 24 Filled Milk Act -- 25 Import Milk Act -- 26 Butter Act -- 27 Dry Milk Solids Act -- 28 Federal Meat Inspection Act -- 29 Poultry Products Inspection Act -- 30 Egg Products Inspection Act -- 31 Federal Alcohol Administration Act and the Internal Revenue Code—Alcohol Excise Taxes -- 32 Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 -- 33 Clean Water Act of 1977 -- 34 Public Health Service Act: Grade A Pasteurized Milk Ordinance; Grade A Condensed and Dry Milk Products Sanitation Ordinance; Safe Drinking Water Act -- 35 Environmental Law: National Environmental Policy Act of 1969; Environmental Quality Improvement Act of 1970; Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 Clean Air Act Noise Control Act of 1972 -- 36 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act: The Extent of Its Intent -- 37 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Sections 301, 321, 321a, 321b and 321c: Short Title and Definitions -- 38 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Sections 331–337: Prohibited Acts and Penalties -- 39 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Section 341: Definitions and Standards for Foods -- 40 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Section 342: Adulterated Food -- 41 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Section 343: Misbranded Food -- 42 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Sections 344 and 345: Emergency Permit Control; Regulations Making Exemptions -- 43 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Section 346: Tolerances for Poisonous and Deleterious Substances in Food -- 44 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Sections 346a and 346b: Tolerances for Pesticide Chemicals in or on Raw Agricultural Commodities; Authorization of Appropriations -- 45 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Sections 347, 347a and 347b: Oleomargarine -- 46 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Section 348: Food Additives -- 47 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Sections 349, 350 and 350a: Bottled Drinking Water Standards; Vitamins and Minerals; Infant Formulas -- 48 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Sections 371–375: Regulations, Hearings and Other Administrative Provisions; Seafood Inspection -- 49 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Section 376: Listing and Certification of Color Additives for Foods, Drugs, Devices and Cosmetics -- 50 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Sections 377–379: Advertising of Foods; Confidential Information -- 51 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Sections 381, 391 and 392: Imports and Exports; Miscellaneous -- Appendix A—Action Levels for Poisonous or Deleterious Substances -- Appendix B—Defect Action Levels -- Appendix C—List of General Food Categories -- Laws Cited.
    Abstract: Of all industries in the United States, the food industry must in fact be the most regulated by law. If it is not, its competition for this distinction goes unnoticed. All phases of the food industry are subjected to some control by law, beginning with the land food is grown on and the oceans from which it is harvested. Seed and plant stock are sometimes subjected to control such as to the nutritional value of the foods they produce. Acreages of agricultural crops, the quantities of foods to be produced, are regulated. As foods are produced, whether from plants or animals, the substances applied to increase yields or provide protection from pests are controlled to insure safe use. As foods enter and pass through the huge marketing system they are scrutinized from beginning to end by regulatory agents operating under authority of food laws. Those foods which are transformed through various technologies into today's thousands of consumer products are watched carefully to insure the appropriateness and safety of added ingredients, not all of which are natural, and the adequacy of processing, packaging and storage. Finally, the representation of foods to consumers through labeling and advertising is controlled to make sure it is accurate and sufficiently informative.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 History of Food Laws in the United States2 The Setting for Food Regulatory Programs -- 3 The Legal System in the United States Government -- 4 Establishing a Legal Basis for Food Regulatory Programs -- 5 The Enactment of Federal Legislation -- 6 Publication, Documentation and Codification of Federal Legislation -- 7 Regulations -- 8 Publication of Federal Regulations -- 9 How to Use the Code of Federal Regulations and the Federal Register -- 10 Regulatory Agencies -- 11 Food Standards -- 12 Product Liability -- 13 Current Federal Food Laws -- 14 Selected Laws Relating to Operation of the Federal Government -- 15 United States Grain Standards Act of 1976 -- 16 Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act -- 17 United States Warehouse Act -- 18 Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, 1930 -- 19 Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946 -- 20 Animal Welfare Act -- 21 Federal Trade Commission Act -- 22 Fair Packaging and Labeling Act -- 23 Tea Importation Act -- 24 Filled Milk Act -- 25 Import Milk Act -- 26 Butter Act -- 27 Dry Milk Solids Act -- 28 Federal Meat Inspection Act -- 29 Poultry Products Inspection Act -- 30 Egg Products Inspection Act -- 31 Federal Alcohol Administration Act and the Internal Revenue Code-Alcohol Excise Taxes -- 32 Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 -- 33 Clean Water Act of 1977 -- 34 Public Health Service Act: Grade A Pasteurized Milk Ordinance; Grade A Condensed and Dry Milk Products Sanitation Ordinance; Safe Drinking Water Act -- 35 Environmental Law: National Environmental Policy Act of 1969; Environmental Quality Improvement Act of 1970; Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 Clean Air Act Noise Control Act of 1972 -- 36 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act: The Extent of Its Intent -- 37 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Sections 301, 321, 321a, 321b and 321c: Short Title and Definitions -- 38 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Sections 331-337: Prohibited Acts and Penalties -- 39 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Section 341: Definitions and Standards for Foods -- 40 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Section 342: Adulterated Food -- 41 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Section 343: Misbranded Food -- 42 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Sections 344 and 345: Emergency Permit Control; Regulations Making Exemptions -- 43 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Section 346: Tolerances for Poisonous and Deleterious Substances in Food -- 44 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Sections 346a and 346b: Tolerances for Pesticide Chemicals in or on Raw Agricultural Commodities; Authorization of Appropriations -- 45 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Sections 347, 347a and 347b: Oleomargarine -- 46 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Section 348: Food Additives -- 47 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Sections 349, 350 and 350a: Bottled Drinking Water Standards; Vitamins and Minerals; Infant Formulas -- 48 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Sections 371-375: Regulations, Hearings and Other Administrative Provisions; Seafood Inspection -- 49 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Section 376: Listing and Certification of Color Additives for Foods, Drugs, Devices and Cosmetics -- 50 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Sections 377-379: Advertising of Foods; Confidential Information -- 51 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Sections 381, 391 and 392: Imports and Exports; Miscellaneous -- Appendix A-Action Levels for Poisonous or Deleterious Substances -- Appendix B-Defect Action Levels -- Appendix C-List of General Food Categories -- Laws Cited.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401093477
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Differentiable Functions -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Linear part of a function -- 1.3 Vector viewpoint -- 1.4 Directional derivative -- 1.5 Tangent plane to a surface -- 1.6 Vector functions -- 1.7 Functions of functions -- 2. Chain Rule and Inverse Function Theorem -- 2.1 Norms -- 2.2 Fréchet derivatives -- 2.3 Chain rule -- 2.4 Inverse function theorem -- 2.5 Implicit functions -- 2.6 Functional dependence -- 2.7 Higher derivatives -- 3. Maxima and Minima -- 3.1 Extrema and stationary points -- 3.2 Constrained minima and Lagrange multipliers -- 3.3 Discriminating constrained stationary points -- 3.4 Inequality constraints -- 3.5 Discriminating maxima and minima with inequality constraints 62 Further reading -- 4. Integrating Functions of Several Variables -- 4.1 Basic ideas of integration -- 4.2 Double integrals -- 4.3 Length, area and volume -- 4.4 Integrals over curves and surfaces -- 4.5 Differential forms -- 4.6 Stokes’s theorem -- Further reading -- Appendices -- A. Background required in linear algebra and elementary calculus -- B. Compact sets, continuous functions and partitions of unity -- C. Answers to selected exercises -- Index (including table of some special symbols).
    Abstract: This book is aimed at mathematics students, typically in the second year of a university course. The first chapter, however, is suitable for first-year students. Differentiable functions are treated initially from the standpoint of approximating a curved surface locally by a fiat surface. This enables both geometric intuition, and some elementary matrix algebra, to be put to effective use. In Chapter 2, the required theorems - chain rule, inverse and implicit function theorems, etc- are stated, and proved (for n variables), concisely and rigorously. Chapter 3 deals with maxima and minima, including problems with equality and inequality constraints. The chapter includes criteria for discriminating between maxima, minima and saddlepoints for constrained problems; this material is relevant for applications, but most textbooks omit it. In Chapter 4, integration over areas, volumes, curves and surfaces is developed, and both the change-of-variable formula, and the Gauss-Green-Stokes set of theorems are obtained. The integrals are defined with approximative sums (ex­ pressed concisely by using step-functions); this preserves some geometrical (and physical) concept of what is happening. Consequent on this, the main ideas of the 'differential form' approach are presented, in a simple form which avoids much of the usual length and complexity. Many examples and exercises are included.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Differentiable Functions1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Linear part of a function -- 1.3 Vector viewpoint -- 1.4 Directional derivative -- 1.5 Tangent plane to a surface -- 1.6 Vector functions -- 1.7 Functions of functions -- 2. Chain Rule and Inverse Function Theorem -- 2.1 Norms -- 2.2 Fréchet derivatives -- 2.3 Chain rule -- 2.4 Inverse function theorem -- 2.5 Implicit functions -- 2.6 Functional dependence -- 2.7 Higher derivatives -- 3. Maxima and Minima -- 3.1 Extrema and stationary points -- 3.2 Constrained minima and Lagrange multipliers -- 3.3 Discriminating constrained stationary points -- 3.4 Inequality constraints -- 3.5 Discriminating maxima and minima with inequality constraints 62 Further reading -- 4. Integrating Functions of Several Variables -- 4.1 Basic ideas of integration -- 4.2 Double integrals -- 4.3 Length, area and volume -- 4.4 Integrals over curves and surfaces -- 4.5 Differential forms -- 4.6 Stokes’s theorem -- Further reading -- Appendices -- A. Background required in linear algebra and elementary calculus -- B. Compact sets, continuous functions and partitions of unity -- C. Answers to selected exercises -- Index (including table of some special symbols).
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400958333
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Primary and secondary metabolism -- 1.2 Stereochemistry and biosynthesis -- 1.3 Some reactions of general importance in secondary metabolism -- 2 Techniques for biosynthesis -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Isotopic labelling -- 2.3 Enzymes and mutants -- 3 Polyketides -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Formation of poly-?-keto-acyl-CoA’s -- 3.3 Tetraketides -- 3.4 Pentaketides -- 3.5 Hexaketides -- 3.6 Heptaketides -- 3.7 Octaketides -- 3.8 Nona- and deca-ketides -- 3.9 Polyketides with mixed origins -- 4 Terpenes and steroids -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Steroids -- 4.3 Pentacyclic triterpenes -- 4.4 Squalene -- 4.5 Monoterpenes -- 4.6 Sesquiterpenes -- 4.7 Diterpenes -- 4.8 Sesterpenes -- 4.9 Carotenoids and vitamin A -- 5 The shikimic acid pathway -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Quinones -- 5.3 Coumarins -- 5.4 Flavonoids -- 6 Alkaloids -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Piperidine and pyrrolidine alkaloids -- 6.3 Isoquinoline and related alkaloids -- 6.4 Amaryllidaceae and mesembrine alkaloids -- 6.5 Quinoline and related alkaloids -- 6.6 Indole alkaloids -- 6.7 Ipecac alkaloids -- 6.8 Miscellaneous alkaloids -- 7 Microbial metabolites containing nitrogen -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Piperidine and pyridine metabolites -- 7.3 Diketopiperazines -- 7.4 Benzodiazepines -- 7.5 Metabolites derived from the tryptophan pathway -- 7.6 Miscellaneous metabolites.
    Abstract: This is a book about experiments and results of experiments. The results described are the fruit of thirty years' labour in the field of secondary metabolism. Secondary metabolism, more than any other part of the chemistry of life, has been the special preserve of organic chemists. Investiga­ tion of secondary metabolism began with curiosity about the struc­ tures of compounds isolated from natural sources, i.e. secondary metabolites. Coeval with structure determination there has been a curiosity about the origins and mechanism of formation of secondary metabolites (or natural products as they have been called). It is the experimental outcome of this curiosity that is described here. This account is primarily intended to be an introduction to the biosynthesis of secondary metabolites. I have also endeavoured, however, to make the book as comprehensive as possIble. This has meant that some of the material has had to be presented in abbrevi­ ated form. The abbreviated material is largely confined to particular sections of the book. The paragraphs marked with a dagger (t) can be omitted by the reader wishing to acquire a general introduction to the subject. A blend of the most significant and the most recent references is cited to provide the reader with ready access to the primary litera­ ture. This is clearly most necessary for the material presented in abbreviated form. Relevant reviews are also cited.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 Primary and secondary metabolism -- 1.2 Stereochemistry and biosynthesis -- 1.3 Some reactions of general importance in secondary metabolism -- 2 Techniques for biosynthesis -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Isotopic labelling -- 2.3 Enzymes and mutants -- 3 Polyketides -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Formation of poly-?-keto-acyl-CoA’s -- 3.3 Tetraketides -- 3.4 Pentaketides -- 3.5 Hexaketides -- 3.6 Heptaketides -- 3.7 Octaketides -- 3.8 Nona- and deca-ketides -- 3.9 Polyketides with mixed origins -- 4 Terpenes and steroids -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Steroids -- 4.3 Pentacyclic triterpenes -- 4.4 Squalene -- 4.5 Monoterpenes -- 4.6 Sesquiterpenes -- 4.7 Diterpenes -- 4.8 Sesterpenes -- 4.9 Carotenoids and vitamin A -- 5 The shikimic acid pathway -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Quinones -- 5.3 Coumarins -- 5.4 Flavonoids -- 6 Alkaloids -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Piperidine and pyrrolidine alkaloids -- 6.3 Isoquinoline and related alkaloids -- 6.4 Amaryllidaceae and mesembrine alkaloids -- 6.5 Quinoline and related alkaloids -- 6.6 Indole alkaloids -- 6.7 Ipecac alkaloids -- 6.8 Miscellaneous alkaloids -- 7 Microbial metabolites containing nitrogen -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Piperidine and pyridine metabolites -- 7.3 Diketopiperazines -- 7.4 Benzodiazepines -- 7.5 Metabolites derived from the tryptophan pathway -- 7.6 Miscellaneous metabolites.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959286
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Receptors and Recognition 10
    Series Statement: Series B 10
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Serotonergic Receptors in the Central Nervous System -- 2 Histamine Receptors -- 3 Acetylcholine Receptors -- 4 Dopamine Receptors -- 5 Adrenergic Receptor Molecules.
    Abstract: Since the discovery that neuronal transmission can be chemically mediated, a large number of compounds have been found in the mammalian central nervous system which appear to function as neurotransmitter agents. Recently, electro physiological and biochemical methods have been developed which have enabled neuroscientists to classify better the myriad of neurotransmitter receptor sites in brain and to study their properties in finer detail. As a result of these investigations, a significant number of new discoveries have been made about the mechanisms involved in neurotransmitter receptor interactions, the role neurotransmitters play in the actions of pharmacological agents and in the pathogenesis of various neuropsychiatric disorders. The present two volume text was compiled to summarize the information relating to the physiological, biochemical, pharmacological and functional characteristics of neurotransmitter receptor sites. While emphasis is placed on neurotransmitter receptors in the mammalian central nervous system, the characteristics of these receptors in other species, both vertebrate and invertebrate, are also discussed where appropriate. While these books cover the major classes of putative neurotransmitters - amino acids, peptides and biogenic amines - and are therefore broad in scope, each is discussed in a concise fashion to highlight the major points of historical and contemporary interest. In addition to outlining data, each chapter addresses current theories relating to the various aspects of receptor properties and function in an attempt to reveal the directions of future research and as a stimulus for other workers in the field.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Serotonergic Receptors in the Central Nervous System2 Histamine Receptors -- 3 Acetylcholine Receptors -- 4 Dopamine Receptors -- 5 Adrenergic Receptor Molecules.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...